Quinolone vitronectin receptor antagonist pharmaceuticals

ABSTRACT

The present invention describes novel compounds of the formula: 
     
       
         (Q) d —L n —C h , 
       
     
     useful for the diagnosis and treatment of cancer, methods of imaging tumors in a patient, and methods of treating cancer in a patient. The present invention also provides novel compounds useful for monitoring therapeutic angiogenesis treatment and destruction of new angiogenic vasculature. The pharmaceuticals are comprised of a targeting moiety that binds to a receptor that is upregulated during angiogenesis, an optional linking group, and a therapeutically effective radioisotope or diagnostically effective imageable moiety. The imageable moiety is a gamma ray or positron emitting radioisotope, a magnetic resonance imaging contrast agent, an X-ray contrast agent, or an ultrasound contrast agent.

This application is based on U.S. patent application Ser. No.60/080,150, filed Mar. 31, 1998 and U.S. patent application Ser. Nos.60/112,715, 60/112,829, 60/112,732, 60/112,831, all filed Dec. 18, 1998,all of which are now abandoned.

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The present invention provides novel pharmaceuticals useful for thediagnosis and treatment of cancer, methods of imaging tumors in apatient, and methods of treating cancer in a patient. Thepharmaceuticals are comprised of a targeting moiety that binds to thevitronectin receptor that is expressed in tumor vasculature, an optionallinking group, and a therapeutically effective radioisotope ordiagnostically effective imageable moiety. The therapeutically effectiveradioisotope emits a gamma ray or alpha particle sufficient to becytotoxic. The imageable moiety is a gamma ray or positron emittingradioisotope, a magnetic resonance imaging contrast agent, an X-raycontrast agent, or an ultrasound contrast agent.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

Cancer is a major public health concern in the United States and aroundthe world. It is estimated that over 1 million new cases of invasivecancer will be diagnosed in the United States in 1998. The mostprevalent forms of the disease are solid tumors of the lung, breast,prostate, colon and rectum. Cancer is typically diagnosed by acombination of in vitro tests and imaging procedures. The imagingprocedures include X-ray computed tomography, magnetic resonanceimaging, ultrasound imaging and radionuclide scintigraphy. Frequently, acontrast agent is administered to the patient to enhance the imageobtained by X-ray CT, MRI and ultrasound, and the administration of aradiopharmaceutical that localizes in tumors is required forradionuclide scintigraphy.

Treatment of cancer typically involves the use of external beamradiation therapy and chemotherapy, either alone or in combination,depending on the type and extent of the disease. A number ofchemotherapeutic agents are available, but generally they all sufferfrom a lack of specificity for tumors versus normal tissues, resultingin considerable side-effects. The effectiveness of these treatmentmodalities is also limited, as evidenced by the high mortality rates fora number of cancer types, especially the more prevalent solid tumordiseases. More effective and specific treatment means continue to beneeded.

Despite the variety of imaging procedures available for the diagnosis ofcancer, there remains a need for improved methods. In particular,methods that can better differentiate between cancer and otherpathologic conditions or benign physiologic abnormalities are needed.One means of achieving this desired improvement would be to administerto the patient a metallopharmaceutical that localizes specifically inthe tumor by binding to a receptor expressed only in tumors or expressedto a significantly greater extent in tumors than in other tissue. Thelocation of the metallopharmaceutical could then be detected externallyeither by its imageable emission in the case of certainradiopharmaceuticals or by its effect on the relaxation rate of water inthe immediate vicinity in the case of magnetic resonance imagingcontrast agents.

This tumor specific metallopharmaceutical approach can also be used forthe treatment of cancer when the metallopharmaceutical is comprised of aparticle emitting radioisotope. The radioactive decay of the isotope atthe site of the tumor results in sufficient ionizing radiation to betoxic to the tumor cells. The specificity of this approach for tumorsminimizes the amount of normal tissue that is exposed to the cytotoxicagent and thus may provide more effective treatment with fewerside-effects.

Previous efforts to achieve these desired improvements in cancer imagingand treatment have centered on the use of radionuclide labeledmonoclonal antibodies, antibody fragments and other proteins orpolypeptides that bind to tumor cell surface receptors. The specificityof these radiopharmaceuticals is frequently very high, but they sufferfrom several disadvantages. First, because of their high molecularweight, they are generally cleared from the blood stream very slowly,resulting in a prolonged blood background in the images. Also, due totheir molecular weight they do not extravasate readily at the site ofthe tumor and then only slowly diffuse through the extravascular spaceto the tumor cell surface. This results in a very limited amount of theradiopharmaceutical reaching the receptors and thus very low signalintensity in imaging and insufficient cytotoxic effect for treatment.

Alternative approaches to cancer imaging and therapy have involved theuse of small molecules, such as peptides, that bind to tumor cellsurface receptors. An In-111 labeled somatostatin receptor bindingpeptide, In-111-DTPA-D-Phe¹-octeotide, is in clinical use in manycountries for imaging tumors that express the somatostatin receptor(Baker, et al. Life Sci., 1991, 49, 1583-91 and Krenning, et al., Eur.J. Nucl. Med., 1993, 20, 716-31). Higher doses of thisradiopharmaceutical have been investigated for potential treatment ofthese types of cancer (Krenning, et al., Digestion, 1996, 57, 57-61).Several groups are investigating the use of Tc-99m labeled ananlogs ofIn-111-DTPA-D-Phe¹-octeotide for imaging and Re-186 labeled analogs fortherapy (Flanagan, et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,556,939, Lyle, et al., U.S.Pat. No. 5,382,654, and Albert et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,650,134).

Angiogenesis is the process by which new blood vessels are formed frompre-existing capillaries or post capillary venules; it plays a key rolein the pathological development of many solid tumor cancers and theirmetastases. Tumor released cytokines or angiogenic factors stimulatevascular endothelial cells by interacting with specific cell surfacereceptors for the factors. The endothelial cells then proliferate andinvade into the tumor tissue. The endothelial cells differentiate toform lumens, making new vessel offshoots of pre-existing vessels. Thenew blood vessels then provide nutrients to the tumor permitting furthergrowth and a route for metastasis.

Angiogenesis is also influenced by cell adhesion molecules (Folkman, J.,Nature Medicine, 1995, 1, 27-31). The integrin α_(v)β₃ is a receptor fora wide variety of extracellular matrix proteins with an exposedtripeptide Arg-Gly-Asp moiety and mediates cellular adhesion to itsligands: vitronectin, fibronectin, and fibrinogen, among others. Theintegrin α_(v)β₃ is minimally expressed on normal blood vessels, but, issignificantly upregulated on vascular cells within a variety of humantumors. The role of the α_(v)β₃ receptors is to mediate the interactionof the endothelial cells and the extracellular matrix and facilitate themigration of the cells in the direction of the angiogenic signal, thetumor cell population.

Because of the importance of angiogenesis to tumor growth andmetastasis, a number of chemotherapeutic approaches are being developedto interfere with or prevent this process. One of these approaches,involves the use of anti-angiogenic proteins such as angiostatin andendostatin. Angiostatin is a 38 kDa fragment of plasminogen that hasbeen shown in animal models to be a potent inhibitor of endothelial cellproliferation. (O'Reilly et. al. , Cell, 1994, 79, 315-328) Endostatinis a 20 kDa C-terminal fragment of collagen XVIII that has also beenshown to be a potent inhibitor. (O'Reilly et. al., Cell, 1997, 88,277-285) Systemic therapy with endostatin has been shown to result instrong anti-tumor activity in animal models. However, human clinicaltrials of these two chemotherapeutic agents of biological origin havebeen hampered by lack of availability.

Another approach to anti-angiogenic therapy is to use targeting moietiesthat interact with endothelial cell surface receptors expressed in theangiogenic vasculature to which are attached chemotherapeutic agents.Burrows and Thorpe (Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci, USA, 1993, 90, 8996-9000)described the use of an antibody-immunotoxin conjugate to eradicatetumors in a mouse model by destroying the tumor vasculature. Theantibody was raised against an endothelial cell class II antigen of themajor histocompatibility complex and was then conjugated with thecytotoxic agent, deglycosylated ricin A chain. The same group (Clin.Can. Res., 1995, 1, 1623-1634) investigated the use of antibodies raisedagainst the endothelial cell surface receptor, endoglin, conjugated todeglycosylated ricin A chain. Both of these conjugates exhibited potentanti-tumor activity in mouse models. However, both still sufferdrawbacks to routine human use. As with most antibodies or other large,foreign proteins, there is considerable risk of immunologic toxicitywhich could limit or preclude administration to humans. Also, while thevasculature targeting may improve the local concentration of theattached chemotherapeutic agents, the agents still must be cleaved fromthe antibody carrier and be transported or diffuse into the cells to becytotoxic.

Thus, it is desirable to provide anti-angiogenic pharmaceuticals andtumor or new vasculature imaging agents which do not suffer from poordiffusion or transportation, possible immunologic toxicity, limitedavailability, and/or a lack of specificity.

There is also a growing interest in therapeutic angiogenesis to improveblood flow in regions of the body that have become ischemic or poorlyperfused. Several investigators are using growth factors administeredlocally to cause new vasculature to form either in the limbs or theheart. The growth factors VEGF and bFGF are the most common for thisapplication. Recent publications include: Takeshita, S., et. al., J.Clin. Invest., 1994, 93, 662-670; and Schaper, W. and Schaper, J.,Collateral Circulation:Heart, Brain, Kidney, Limbs, Kluwer AcademicPublishers, Boston, 1993. The main applications that are underinvestigation in a number of laboratories are for improving cardiacblood flow and in improving peripheral vessal blood flow in the limbs.For example, Henry, T. et. al. (J. Amer. College Cardiology, 1998, 31,65A) describe the use of recombinant human VEGF in patients forimproving myocardial perfusion by therapeutic angiogenesis. Patientsreceived infusions of rhVEGF and were monitored by nuclear perfusionimaging 30 and 60 days post treatment to determine improvement inmyocardial perfusion. About 50% of patients showed improvement bynuclear perfusion imaging whereas 5/7 showed new collatoralization byangiography.

Thus, it is desirable to discover a method of monitoring improvedcardiac blood flow which is targeted to new collateral vesselsthemselves and not, as in nuclear perfusion imaging, a regionalconsequence of new collatoral vessels.

Another therapeutic application of the radiopharmaceuticals of thepresent invention that emit cytotoxic radiation (Beta and Alphaparticles and Auger electons) is in treating rheumatoid arthritis (RA).In RA, the ingrowth of a highly vascularized pannus is caused by theexcessive production of angiogenic factors by the infiltratingmacrophages, immune cells, or inflammatory cells. Therefore, theradiopharmaceuticals of the present inventions can be used to destroythe new angiogenic vasculature that results and thus treat the disease.

It is one object of the present invention to provide improvedanti-angiogenic pharmaceuticals, comprised of a targeting moiety thatbinds to the vitronectin receptor that is expressed in tumorneovasculature, an optional linking group, and a radioisotope. Thevitronectin receptor binding compounds target the radioisotope to thetumor neovasculature. The beta or alpha-particle emitting radioisotopeemits a cytotoxic amount of ionizing radiation which results in celldeath. The penetrating ability of radiation obviates the requirementthat the cytotoxic agent diffuse or be transported into the cell to becytotoxic.

It is another object of the present invention to provide tumor imagingagents, comprised of tumor neovasculature vitronectin receptor bindingcompounds conjugated to an imageable moiety, such as a gamma ray orpositron emitting radioisotope, a magnetic resonance imaging contrastagent, an X-ray contrast agent, or an ultrasound contrast agent.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

It is one object of the present invention to provide anti-angiogenicpharmaceuticals, comprised of a targeting moiety that binds to areceptor that is expressed in tumor neovasculature, an optional linkinggroup, and a radioactive metal ion that emits ionizing radiation such asbeta particles, alpha particles and Auger or Coster-Kronig electrons.The receptor binding compounds target the radioisotope to the tumorneovasculature. The beta or alpha-particle emitting radioisotope emits acytotoxic amount of ionizing radiation which results in cell death. Thepenetrating ability of radiation obviates the requirement that thecytotoxic agent diffuse or be transported into the cell to be cytotoxic.

It is another object of the present invention to provide pharmaceuticalsto treat rheumatoid arthritis. These pharmaceuticals comprise atargeting moiety that binds to a receptor that is upregulated duringangiogenesis, an optional linking group, and a radioisotope that emitscytotoxic radiation (i.e., beta particles, alpha particles and Auger orCoster-Kronig electrons). In rheumatoid arthritis, the ingrowth of ahighly vascularized pannus is caused by the excessive production ofangiogenic factors by the infiltrating macrophages, immune cells, orinflammatory cells. Therefore, the radiopharmaceuticals of the presentinvention that emit cytotoxic radiation could be used to destroy the newangiogenic vasculature that results and thus treat the disease.

It is another object of the present invention to provide tumor imagingagents, comprised of targeting moiety that binds to a receptor that isupregulated during angiogenesis, an optional linking group, and animageable moiety, such as a gamma ray or positron emitting radioisotope,a magnetic resonance imaging contrast agent, an X-ray contrast agent, oran ultrasound contrast agent.

It is another object of the present invention to provide imaging agentsfor monitoring the progress and results of therapeutic angiogenesistreatment. These agents comprise of targeting moiety that binds to areceptor that is upregulated during angiogenesis, an optional linkinggroup, and an imageable moiety. Imaging agents of the present inventioncould be administered intravenously periodically after theadministration of growth factors and imaging would be performed usingstandard techniques of the affected areas, heart or limbs, to monitorthe progress and results of the therapeutic angiogenesis treatment(i.e., image the formation of new blood vessels).

It is another object of the present invention to provide compoundsuseful for preparing the pharmaceuticals of the present invention. Thesecompounds are comprised of a peptide or peptidomimetic targeting moietythat binds to a receptor that is upregulated during angiogenesis, Q, anoptional linking group, L_(n), and a metal chelator or bonding moiety,C_(h). The compounds may have one or more protecting groups attached tothe metal chelator or bonding moiety. The protecting groups provideimproved stability to the reagents for long-term storage and are removedeither immediately prior to or concurrent with the synthesis of theradiopharmaceuticals. Alternatively, the compounds of the presentinvention are comprised of a peptide or peptidomimetic targeting moietythat binds to a receptor that is upregulated during angiogenesis, Q, anoptional linking group, L_(n), and a surfactant, S_(f).

The pharmaceuticals of the present invention may be used for diagnosticand/or therapeutic purposes. Diagnostic radiopharmaceuticals of thepresent invention are pharmaceuticals comprised of a diagnosticallyuseful radionuclide (i.e., a radioactive metal ion that has imageablegamma ray or positron emissions). Therapeutic radiopharmaceuticals ofthe present invention are pharmaceuticals comprised of a therapeuticallyuseful radionuclide, a radioactive metal ion that emits ionizingradiation such as beta particles, alpha particles and Auger orCoster-Kronig electrons.

The pharmaceuticals comprising a gamma ray or positron emittingradioactive metal ion are useful for imaging tumors by gammascintigraphy or positron emission tomography. The pharmaceuticalscomprising a gamma ray or positron emitting radioactive metal ion arealso useful for imaging therapeutic angiogenesis by gamma scintigraphyor positron emission tomography. The pharmaceuticals comprising aparticle emitting radioactive metal ion are useful for treating cancerby delivering a cytotoxic dose of radiation to the tumors. Thepharmaceuticals comprising a particle emitting radioactive metal ion arealso useful for treating rheumatoid arthritis by destroying theformation of angiogenic vasculature. The pharmaceuticals comprising aparamagnetic metal ion are useful as magnetic resonance imaging contrastagents. The pharmaceuticals comprising one or more X-ray absorbing or“heavy” atoms of atomic number 20 or greater are useful as X-raycontrast agents. The pharmaceuticals comprising a microbubble of abiocompatible gas, a liquid carrier, and a surfactant microsphere, areuseful as ultrasound contrast agents.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

[1] Thus, in a first embodiment, the present invention provides a novelcompound, comprising: a targeting moiety and a chelator, wherein thetargeting moiety is bound to the chelator, is a quinolone nonpeptide,and binds to a receptor that is upregulated during angiogenesis and thecompound has 0-1 linking groups between the targeting moiety andchelator.

[2] In a preferred embodiment, the targeting moiety comprises aquinolone and the receptor is selected from the group: EGFR, FGFR,PDGFR, Flk-1/KDR, Flt-1, Tek, Tie, neuropilin-1, endoglin, endosialin,Axl, α_(v)β₃, α_(v)β₅, α₅β₁, α₄β₁, α₁β₁, and α₂β₂ and the linking groupis present between the targeting moiety and chelator.

[3] In a more preferred embodiment, the receptor is the integrin α_(v)β₃and the compound is of the formula:

(Q)_(d)—L_(n)—C_(h) or (Q)_(d)—L_(n)—(C_(h))_(d′,)

 wherein, Q is a compound of Formula (I):

 including stereoisomeric forms thereof, or mixtures of stereoisomericforms thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug formsthereof wherein:

R^(1e) is selected from:

D^(e) is selected from:

—N(R^(12e))—, or —S—;

J^(e) is selected from:

—C(R^(2e))— or —N—;

K^(e), L^(e) and M^(e) are independently selected from:

—C(R^(2e))— or —C(R^(3e))—;

R^(2e) and R^(3e) are independently selected from:

H, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, NR^(11e)R^(12e), ═NR^(12e), halogen, NO₂, CN, CF₃,C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl,C₆-C₁₀ aryl substituted with 0-4 R^(7e), C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, C₂-C₇alkylcarbonyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxycarbonyl, or C₇-C₁₁ arylcarbonyl;

alternatively, when R^(2e) and R^(3e) are substituents on adjacentatoms, they can be taken together with the carbon atoms to which theyare attached to form a 5-7 membered carbocyclic or 5-7 memberedheterocyclic aromatic or nonaromatic ring system, said carbocyclic orheterocyclic ring being optionally substituted with 0-2 groups selectedfrom C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, halo, cyano, amino, CF₃ or NO₂;

U^(e) is selected from:

—(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)—,

—(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)O(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—,

—(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)N(R^(12e))(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—,

—(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)C(═O)(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—,

—(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)S(O)_(p) ^(e)(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—,

—(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)NHNH(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—,

—N(R^(10e))C(═O)—,

—C(═O)N(R^(10e))—, or

—N(R^(10e))S(O)_(p) ^(e)—;

W^(e) is —C(═O)—N(R^(10e))—(C₁-C₃ alkylene)-, in which the alkylenegroup may be substituted by:

CO₂R^(18ae),

C(═O)R^(18ae),

CONR^(17e)R^(18ae),

C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₅-C₁₀ alkenyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₅-C₁₀ alkynyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₅-C₆ cycloalkenyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₁-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyl,

C₃-C₁₀ cycloalkylalkyl,

phenyl substituted with 1-3 R^(6e),

naphthyl substituted with 0-3 R^(6e),

a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-3 N, O, or S heteroatoms,wherein said heterocyclic ring may be saturated, partially saturated, orfully unsaturated, said heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2R^(7e),

hydroxy,

C₅-C₁₀ alkoxy,

nitro,

N(R^(10e))R^(11e),

—N(R^(16e))R^(17e),

C₅-C₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-3 R^(7e),

aryl(C₀-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl,

aryl(C₃-C₆ alkyl),

heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl),

CONR^(18ae)R^(20e),

SO₂R^(18ae), or

SO₂NR^(18ae)R^(20e) and providing that any of the above alkyl,cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl groups may be unsubstituted orsubstituted independently with 1-2 R^(7e);

R^(6e) is selected from:

H, C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, hydroxy, C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy, nitro, C₁-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyl,—N(R^(11e))R^(12e), cyano, halo, CF₃, CHO, CO₂R^(18be), C(═O)R^(18be),CONR^(17e)R^(18be), OC(═O)R^(10e), OR^(10e), OC(═O)NR^(10e)R^(11e),NR^(10e)C(═O)R^(10e), NR^(10e)C(═O)OR^(21e),NR^(10e)C(═O)NR^(10e)R^(11e), NR^(10e)SO₂NR^(10e)R^(11e),NR^(10e)SO₂R^(21e), S(O)_(p) ^(e)R^(11e), SO₂NR^(10e)R^(11e),

C₆-C₁₀ aryl optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected fromhalogen, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ alkyl, CF₃, S(O)_(m) ^(e)Me, or —NMe₂;

C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, said aryl being optionally substituted with 1-3 groupsselected from halogen, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ alkyl, CF₃, S(O)_(p) ^(e)Me,or —NMe₂, or

a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-3 N, O, or S heteroatoms,wherein said heterocyclic ring may be saturated, partially saturated, orfully unsaturated, said heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2R^(7e);

R^(7e) is selected from:

H, C₁-C₄ alkyl, hydroxy, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, C₆-C₁₀ aryl, C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl,(C₁-C₄ alkyl)carbonyl, CO₂R^(18ae), SO₂R^(11e), SO₂NR^(10e)R^(11e),OR^(10e), or N(R^(11e))R^(12e);

Y^(e) is selected from:

—COR^(20e), —SO₃H, —PO₃H, —CONHNHSO₂CF₃, —CONHSO₂R^(18ae),—CONHSO₂NHR^(18be), —NHCOCF3, —NHCONHSO₂R^(18ae), —NHSO₂R^(18ae),—OPO₃H₂, —OSO₃H, —PO₃H₂, —SO₃H, —SO₂NHCOR^(18ae), —SO₂NHCO₂R^(18ae), or

R^(10e) is selected from:

H, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylmethyl, aryl,aryl(C₁-C₄ alkyl), or C₁-C₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-2 R^(4e);

R^(11e) is selected from:

H, hydroxy, C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁cycloalkylmethyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, benzyloxy, C₆-C₁₀ aryl, heteroaryl,heteroarylalkyl, aryl(C₁-C₄ alkyl), adamantylmethyl, or C₁-C₁₀ alkylsubstituted with 0-2 R^(4e);

alternatively, when R^(10e) and R^(11e) are both substituents on thesame nitrogen atom (as in —NR^(10e)R^(11e)) they may be taken togetherwith the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form a heterocycleselected from: 3-azabicyclononyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-quinolinyl,1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-isoquinolinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 1-morpholinyl,1-pyrrolidinyl, thiamorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl or 1-piperazinyl; saidheterocycle being optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from:C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₆-C₁₀ aryl, heteroaryl, C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, C₁-C₆alkylcarbonyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkylcarbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxycarbonyl, C₇-C₁₁arylalkoxycarbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkylsulfonyl or C₆-C₁₀ arylsulfonyl;

R^(4e) is selected from:

H, C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, C₁-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, orcycloalkylalkyl;

R^(12e) is selected from:

H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, triphenylmethyl, methoxymethyl (MOM),methoxyphenyldiphenylmethyl, trimethylsilylethoxymethyl (SEM), (C₁-C₆alkyl)carbonyl, (C₁-C₆ alkoxy)carbonyl; (C₁-C₆ alkyl)aminocarbonyl,C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl,heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, aryl C₁-C₆ alkyl,(C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl, or arylcarbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkylsulfonyl,arylsulfonyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)sulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl,heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)sulfonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, or aryl(C₁-C₆alkoxy)carbonyl, wherein said aryl groups are substituted with 0-2substituents selected from the group consisting of C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄alkoxy, halo, CF₃, and nitro;

R^(13e) is selected from:

C₇-C₈ alkyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, heteroaryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)-, biaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl), biaryl optionally substituted with 1-4R^(19e); heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1-4 R^(19e), phenylsubstituted with 3-4 R^(19e) or naphthyl substituted with 1-4 R^(19e);

R^(14e) is selected from:

H, C₁-C₄ alkyl, phenyl(C₁-C₄ alkyl), or a bond to L_(n);

R^(16e) is selected from:

—C(═O)OR^(18ae),

—C(═O)R^(18be),

—C(═O)N(R^(18be))₂,

—C(═O)NHSO₂R^(18ae),

—C(═O)NHC(═O)R^(18be),

—C(═O)NHC(═O)OR^(18ae),

—C(═O)NHSONHR^(18be),

—SO₂R^(18ae),

—SO₂N(R^(18be))₂ or,

—SO₂NHC(═O)OR^(18be);

R^(17e) is selected from:

H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl,aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, or heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl);

R^(18ae) is selected from:

C₁-C₈ alkyl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), C₃-C₁₁cycloalkyl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), aryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)- optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), heteroaryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)- optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), (C₁-C₆alkyl)heteroaryl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),biaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl) optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),heteroaryl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), phenylsubstituted with 3-4 R^(19e) and optionally substituted with a bond toL_(n), naphthyl substituted with 0-4 R^(19e) and optionally substitutedwith a bond to L_(n), and a bond to L_(n), wherein said aryl orheteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 0-4 R^(19e);

R^(18be) is selected from:

R^(18ae) or H;

R^(19e) is selected from:

H, halogen, CF₃, CO₂H, CN, NO₂, NR^(11e)R^(12e), C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆ alkynyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl,aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, OCF₃, or C₁-C₄ alkoxycarbonyl, aryl,—O-aryl, —SO₂-aryl, heteroaryl, or —SO₂-heteroaryl, wherein said aryland heteroaryl groups may be substituted with 0-4 groups selected fromhydrogen, halogen, CF₃, C₁-C₃ alkyl, or C₁-C₃ alkoxy;

R^(20e) is selected from:

hydroxy, C₁-C₁₀ alkyloxy, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyloxy, C₆-C₁₀ aryloxy, C₇-C₁₁aralkyloxy, C₃-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₃-C₁₀alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₂-C₁₀ alkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀cycloalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀ cycloalkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy,C₅-C₁₀ cycloalkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C₇-C₁₁ aryloxycarbonylalkyloxy,C₈-C₁₂ aryloxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₈-C₁₂ arylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy,C₅-C₁₀ alkoxyalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀(5-alkyl-1,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)methyloxy, C₁₀-C₁₄(5-aryl-1,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)methyloxy, or(R^(11e))(R^(12e))N—(C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy)-;

R^(21e) is selected from:

C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylmethyl,C₆-C₁₀ aryl, C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, or C₁-C₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-2R^(7e);

m^(e) is 0-2;

n^(e) is 0-4;

p^(e) is 0-2;

with the following provisos:

(1) n^(e) and m^(e) are chosen such that the number of atoms connectingR^(1e) and Y^(e) is in the range of 8-14;

(2) in the definition of W^(e), the substituent on the alkylene groupmay not be an unsubstituted pyridyl radical

d is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

L_(n) is a linking group having the formula:

(CR⁶R⁷)_(g)—(W)_(h)—(CR^(6a)R^(7a))_(g′)—(Z)_(k)—(W)_(h′)—(CR⁸R⁹)_(g″)—(W)_(h″)—(CR^(8a)R^(9a))_(g′″)—(W)_(h′″)—(CR^(8b)R^(9b))_(g″″)

W is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: O, S, NH,NHC(═O), C(═O)NH, C(═O), C(═O)O, OC(═O), NHC(═S)NH, NHC(═O)NH, SO,SO₂NH, (OCH₂CH₂)_(s), (CH₂CH₂O)_(s′), (OCH₂CH₂CH₂)_(s″),(CH₂CH₂CH₂O)_(t), and (aa)_(t′);

aa is independently at each occurrence an amino acid;

Z is selected from the group: aryl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, C₃₋₁₀cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, and a 5-10 membered heterocyclicring system containing 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S,and O and substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰;

R⁶, R^(6a), R⁷, R^(7a), R⁸, R^(8a), R^(8b), R⁹, R^(9a), and R^(9b) areindependently selected at each occurrence from the group: H, ═O, COOH,SO₃H, PO₃H, C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, aryl substituted with0-3 R¹⁰, benzyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, and C₁-C₅ alkoxy substitutedwith 0-3 R¹⁰, NHC(═O)R¹¹, C(═O)NHR¹¹, NHC(═O)NHR¹¹, NHR¹¹, R¹¹, and abond to C_(h);

R¹⁰ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: a bondto C_(h), COOR¹¹, C(═O)NHR¹¹, NHC(═O)R¹¹, NHOH, NHR¹¹, SO₃H, PO₃H,—OPO₃H₂, —OSO₃H, aryl substituted with 0-3 R¹¹, C₁₅ alkyl substitutedwith 0-1 R¹², C₁₅ alkoxy substituted with 0-1 R¹², and a 5-10 memberedheterocyclic ring system containing 1-4 heteroatoms independentlyselected from N, S, and O and substituted with 0-3 R¹¹;

R¹¹ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: H,alkyl substituted with 0-1 R¹² aryl substituted with 0-1 R¹², a 5-10membered heterocyclic ring system containing 1-4 heteroatomsindependently selected from N, S, and O and substituted with 0-1 R¹²,C₃-C₁₀ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1 R¹², polyalkylene glycolsubstituted with 0-1 R¹², carbohydrate substituted with 0-1 R¹²,cyclodextrin substituted with 0-1 R¹², amino acid substituted with 0-1R¹², polycarboxyalkyl substituted with 0-1 R¹², polyazaalkyl substitutedwith 0-1 R¹², peptide substituted with 0-1 R¹², wherein the peptide iscomprised of 2-10 amino acids, 3,6-O-disulfo-B-D-galactopyranosyl,bis(phosphonomethyl)glycine, and abond to C_(h);

R¹² is a bond to C_(h);

k is selected from 0, 1, and 2;

h is selected from 0, 1, and 2;

h′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

h″ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

h′″ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

g is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

g′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

g″ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

g′″ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

g″″ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

s′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

s″ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

t is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

t′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

C_(h) is a metal bonding unit having a formula selected from the group:

A¹, A², A³, A⁴, A⁵, A⁶, A⁷, and A⁸ are independently selected at eachoccurrence from the group: NR¹³, NR¹³R¹⁴, S, SH, S(Pg), O, OH, PR¹³,PR¹³R¹⁴, P(O)R¹⁵R¹⁶, and a bond to L_(n);

E is a bond, CH, or a spacer group independently selected at eachoccurrence from the group: C₁-C₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, arylsubstituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷,heterocyclo-C₁₋₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, wherein theheterocyclo group is a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring system containing1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, and O, C₆₋₁₀aryl-C₁₋₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, C₁₋₁₀ alkyl-C₆₋₁₀ aryl-substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, and a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring systemcontaining 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, and O andsubstituted with 0-3 R¹⁷;

R¹³ and R¹⁴ are each independently selected from the group: a bond toL_(n), hydrogen, C₁-C₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, aryl substitutedwith 0-3 R¹⁷, C₁₋₁₀ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷,heterocyclo-C₁₋₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, wherein theheterocyclo group is a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring system containing1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, and O, C₆₋₁₀aryl-C₁₋₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, C₁₋₁₀ alkyl-C₆₋₁₀ aryl-substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring systemcontaining 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, and O andsubstituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, and an electron, provided that when one of R¹³or R¹⁴ is an electron, then the other is also an electron;

alternatively, R¹³ and R¹⁴ combine to form ═C(R²⁰)(R²¹);

R¹⁵ and R¹⁶ are each independently selected from the group: a bond toL_(n), —OH, C₁-C₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, C₁-C₁₀ alkylsubstituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, aryl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, C₃₋₁₀cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, heterocyclo-C₁₋₁₀ alkyl substitutedwith 0-3 R¹⁷, wherein the heterocyclo group is a 5-10 memberedheterocyclic ring system containing 1-4 heteroatoms independentlyselected from N, S, and O, C₆₋₁₀ aryl-C₁₋₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-3R¹⁷, C₁₋₁₀ alkyl-C₆₋₁₀ aryl- substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, and a 5-10membered heterocyclic ring system containing 1-4 heteroatomsindependently selected from N, S, and O and substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷;

R¹⁷ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: a bondto L_(n), ═O, F, Cl, Br, I, —CF₃, —CN, —CO₂R¹⁸, —C(═O)R¹⁸,—C(═O)N(R¹⁸)₂, —CHO, —CH₂OR¹⁸, —OC(═O)R¹⁸, OC(═O)OR^(18a), —OR¹⁸,—OC(═O)N(R¹⁸)₂, —NR¹⁹C(═O)R¹⁸, —NR¹⁹C(═O)OR^(18a), —NR¹⁹C(═O)N(R¹⁸)₂,—NR¹⁹SO₂N(R¹⁸)₂, —NR¹⁹SO₂R^(18a), —SO₃H, —SO₂R^(18a), —SR¹⁸,—S(═O)R^(18a), —SO₂N(R¹⁸)₂, —N(R¹⁸)₂, —NHC(═S)NHR¹⁸, ═NOR¹⁸, NO₂,—C(═O)NHOR¹⁸, —C(═O)NHNR¹⁸R^(18a), —OCH₂CO₂H, 2-(1-morpholino)ethoxy,C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₂-C₄ alkenyl, C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl, C₃-C₆ cycloalkylmethyl,C₂-C₆ alkoxyalkyl, aryl substituted with 0-2 R¹⁸, and a 5-10 memberedheterocyclic ring system containing 1-4 heteroatoms independentlyselected from N, S, and O;

R¹⁸, R^(18a), and R¹⁹ are independently selected at each occurrence fromthe group: a bond to L_(n), H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, halide, nitro, cyano, and trifluoromethyl;

Pg is a thiol protecting group;

R²⁰ and R²¹ are independently selected from the group: H, C₁-C₁₀ alkyl,—CN, —CO₂R²⁵, —C(═O)R²⁵, —C(═O)N(R²⁵)₂, C₂-C₁₀ 1-alkene substituted with0-3 R²³, C₂-C₁₀ 1-alkyne substituted with 0-3 R²³, aryl substituted with0-3 R²³, unsaturated 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring system containing1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, and O and substitutedwith 0-3 R²³, and unsaturated C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle substituted with 0-3 R²³;

alternatively, R²⁰ and R²¹, taken together with the divalent carbonradical to which they are attached form:

R²² and R²³ are independently selected from the group: H, R²⁴, C₁-C₁₀alkyl substituted with 0-3 R²⁴, C₂-C₁₀ alkenyl substituted with 0-3 R²⁴,C₂-C₁₀ alkynyl substituted with 0-3 R²⁴, aryl substituted with 0-3 R²⁴,a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring system containing 1-4 heteroatomsindependently selected from N, S, and O and substituted with 0-3 R²⁴,and C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle substituted with 0-3 R²⁴;

alternatively, R²², R²³ taken together form a fused aromatic or a 5-10membered heterocyclic ring system containing 1-4 heteroatomsindependently selected from N, S, and O;

a and b indicate the positions of optional double bonds and n is 0 or 1;

R²⁴ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: ═O, F,Cl, Br, I, —CF₃, —CN, —CO₂R²⁵, —C(═O)R²⁵, —C(═O)N(R²⁵)₂, —N(R²⁵)₃+,—CH₂OR²⁵, —OC(═O)R²⁵, —OC(═O)OR^(25a), —OR²⁵, —OC(═O)N(R²⁵)₂,—NR²⁶C(═O)R²⁵, —NR²⁶C(═O)OR^(25a), —NR²⁶C(═O)N(R²⁵)₂, —NR²⁶SO₂N(R²⁵)₂,—NR²⁶SO₂R^(25a), —SO₃H, —SO₂R^(25a), —SR²⁵, —S(═O)R^(25a), —SO₂N(R²⁵)₂,—N(R²⁵)₂, ═NOR²⁵, —C(═O)NHOR²⁵, —OCH₂CO₂H, and 2-(1-morpholino)ethoxy;and,

R²⁵, R^(25a), and R²⁶ are each independently selected at each occurrencefrom the group: hydrogen and C₁-C₆ alkyl;

and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

[4] In an even more preferred embodiment, the present invention providesa compound wherein: Q is a compound of Formula (III):

 including stereoisomeric forms thereof, or mixtures of stereoisomericforms thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug formsthereof wherein:

R^(1e) is selected from:

U^(e) is selected from:

—(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)—,

—(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)O(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—,

—(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)C(═O)(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—, or

—N(R^(10e))C(═O)—;

R^(8e) is selected from:

CO₂R^(18ae),

C(═O)R^(18ae),

CONR^(17e)R^(18ae),

C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₅-C₁₀ alkenyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₅-C₁₀ alkynyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₅-C₆ cycloalkenyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₁-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyl,

C₃-C₁₀ cycloalkylalkyl,

phenyl substituted with 1-3 R^(6e),

naphthyl substituted with 0-3 R^(6e),

a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-3 N, O, or S heteroatoms,wherein said heterocyclic ring may be saturated, partially saturated, orfully unsaturated, said heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2R^(7e),

R^(9e) is selected from:

C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₅-C₁₀ alkenyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₅-C₁₀ alkynyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₅-C₆ cycloalkenyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₁-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyl,

C₃-C₁₀ cycloalkylalkyl,

phenyl substituted with 1-3 R^(6e),

naphthyl substituted with 0-3 R^(6e),

a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-3 N, O, or S heteroatoms,wherein said heterocyclic ring may be saturated, partially saturated, orfully unsaturated, said heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2R^(7e),

hydroxy,

C₅-C₁₀ alkoxy,

nitro,

N(R^(10e))R^(11e),

N(R^(16e))R^(17e),

aryl(C₀-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl,

aryl(C₃-C₆ alkyl),

heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl),

CONR^(18ae)R^(20e),

SO₂R^(18ae), or

SO₂NR^(18ae)R^(20e), and providing that any of the above alkyl,cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl groups may be unsubstituted orsubstituted independently with 1-2 R^(7e);

R^(6e) is selected from:

H, C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, hydroxy, C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy, nitro, C₁-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyl,—N(R^(11e))R^(12e), cyano, halo, CF₃, CHO, CO₂R^(18be), C(═O)R^(18be),CONR^(17e)R^(18be), OC(═O)R^(10e), OR^(10e), OC(═O)NR^(10e)R^(11e),NR^(10e)C(═O)R^(10e), NR^(10e)C(═O)OR^(21e),NR^(10e)C(═O)NR^(10e)R^(11e), NR^(10e)SO₂NR^(10e)R^(11e),NR^(10e)SO₂R^(21e), S(O)_(p) ^(e)R^(11e), SO₂NR^(10e)R^(11e),

C₆-C₁₀ aryl optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected fromhalogen, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ alkyl, CF₃, S(O)_(m) ^(e)Me, or —NMe₂;

C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, said aryl being optionally substituted with 1-3 groupsselected from halogen, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ alkyl, CF₃, S(O)_(p) ^(e)Me,or —NMe₂, or

a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-3 N, O, or S heteroatoms,wherein said heterocyclic ring may be saturated, partially saturated, orfully unsaturated, said heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2R^(7e);

R^(7e) is selected from:

H, C₁-C₄ alkyl, hydroxy, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, C₆-C₁₀ aryl, C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl,(C₁-C₄ alkyl)carbonyl, CO₂R^(18ae), SO₂R^(11e), SO₂NR^(10e)R^(11e),OR¹⁰, or N(R^(11e))R^(12e);

Y^(e) is selected from:

—COR^(20e), —CONHNHSO₂CF₃, —CONHSO₂R^(18ae), or —CONHSO₂NHR^(18be);

R^(10e) is selected from:

H, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylmethyl, aryl,aryl(C₁-C₄ alkyl), or C₁-C₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-2 R^(4e);

R^(11e) is selected from:

H, hydroxy, C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁cycloalkylmethyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, benzyloxy, C₆-C₁₀ aryl, heteroaryl,heteroarylalkyl, aryl(C₁-C₄ alkyl), adamantylmethyl, or C₁-C₁₀ alkylsubstituted with 0-2 R^(4e);

alternatively, when R^(10e) and R^(11e) are both substituents on thesame nitrogen atom (as in —NR^(10e)R^(11e)) they may be taken togetherwith the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form a heterocycleselected from: 3-azabicyclononyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-quinolinyl,1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-isoquinolinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 1-morpholinyl,1-pyrrolidinyl, thiamorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl or 1-piperazinyl; saidheterocycle being optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from:C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₆-C₁₀ aryl, heteroaryl, C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, C₁-C₆alkylcarbonyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkylcarbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxycarbonyl, C₇-C₁₁arylalkoxycarbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkylsulfonyl or C₆-C₁₀ arylsulfonyl;

R^(4e) is selected from:

H, C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, C₁-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, orcycloalkylalkyl;

R^(12e) is selected from:

H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, triphenylmethyl, methoxymethyl (MOM),methoxyphenyldiphenylmethyl, trimethylsilylethoxymethyl (SEM), (C₁-C₆alkyl)carbonyl, (C₁-C₆ alkoxy)carbonyl; (C₁-C₆ alkyl)aminocarbonyl,C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl,heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, aryl C₁-C₆ alkyl,(C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl, or arylcarbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkylsulfonyl,arylsulfonyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)sulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl,heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)sulfonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, or aryl(C₁-C₆alkoxy)carbonyl, wherein said aryl groups are substituted with 0-2substituents selected from the group consisting of C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄alkoxy, halo, CF₃, and nitro;

R^(13e) is selected from:

C₇-C₈ alkyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)—, heteroaryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)—, biaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl), biaryl optionally substituted with 1-4R^(19e); heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1-4 R^(19e), phenylsubstituted with 3-4 R^(19e) or naphthyl substituted with 1-4 R^(19e);

R^(14e) is selected from:

H, C₁-C₄ alkyl, phenyl(C₁-C₄ alkyl), or a bond to L_(n);

R^(16e) is selected from:

—C(═O)OR^(18ae),

—C(═O)R^(8be),

—C(═O)N(R^(18be))₂,

—SO₂R^(18ae), or

—SO₂N(R^(18be))₂;

R^(17e) is selected from:

H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl,aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)—, or heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl);

R^(18ae) is selected from:

C₁-C₈ alkyl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), C₃-C₁₁cycloalkyl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), aryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)- optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), heteroaryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)- optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), (C₁-C₆alkyl)heteroaryl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),biaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl) optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),heteroaryl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), phenylsubstituted with 3-4 R^(19e) and optionally substituted with a bond toL_(n), naphthyl substituted with 0-4 R^(19e) and optionally substitutedwith a bond to L_(n), and a bond to L_(n), wherein said aryl orheteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 0-4 R^(19e);

R^(18be) is selected from:

R^(18ae) or H;

R^(19e) is selected from:

H, halogen, Cf₃, CO₂H, CN, NO₂, NR^(11e)R^(12e), C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆ alkynyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl,aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, OCF₃, or C₁-C₄ alkoxycarbonyl, aryl,—O—, aryl, —SO₂-aryl, heteroaryl, or —SO₂-heteroaryl, wherein said aryland heteroaryl groups may be substituted with 0-4 groups selected fromhudrogen, halogen, CF₃, C₁-C₃ alkyl, or C₁-C₃ alkoxy;

R^(20e) is selected from:

hydroxy, C₁-C₁₀ alkyloxy, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyloxy, C₆-C₁₀ aryloxy, C₇-C₁₁aralkyloxy, C₃-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₃-C₁₀alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₂-C₁₀ alkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀cycloalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀ cycloalkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy,C₅-C₁₀ cycloalkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C₇-C₁₁ aryloxycarbonylalkyloxy,C₈-C₁₂ aryloxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₈-C₁₂ arylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy,C₅-C₁₀ alkoxyalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀(5-alkyl-1,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)methyloxy, C₁₀-C₁₄(5-aryl-1,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)methyloxy, or(R^(11e))(R^(12e))N—(C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy)-;

R^(21e) is selected from:

C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylmethyl,C₆-C₁₀ aryl, C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, or C₁-C₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-2R^(7e);

m^(e) is 0-2;

n^(e) is 0-3;

p^(e) is 0-2;

with the following provisos:

(1) n^(e) and me are chosen such that the number of atoms connectingR^(1e) and y_(e) is in the range of 8-14;

(2) if R^(8e) is H, then R^(9e) may not be an unsubstituted pyridylradical;

(3) if R^(9e) is H, then R^(8e) may not be an unsubstituted pyridylradical.

d is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

W is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: O, S, NH,NHC(═O), C(═O)NH, C(═O), C(═O)O, OC(═O), NHC(═S)NH, NHC(═O)NH, SO₂,SO₂NH, (OCH₂CH₂)_(s), (CH₂CH₂O)_(s′), (OCH₂CH₂CH₂)_(s″),(CH₂CH₂CH₂O)_(t), and (aa)_(t′);

aa is independently at each occurrence an amino acid;

Z is selected from the group: aryl substituted with 0-1 R¹⁰, C₃₋₁₀cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1 R¹⁰, and a 5-10 membered heterocyclicring system containing 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S,and O and substituted with 0-1 R¹⁰;

R⁶, R^(6a), R⁷, R^(7a), R⁸, R^(8a), R^(8b), R⁹, R^(9a), and R^(9b) areindependently selected at each occurrence from the group: H, ═O, COOH,SO₃H, PO₃H, C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, aryl substituted with0-3 R¹⁰, benzyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, and C₁-C₅ alkoxy substitutedwith 0-3 R¹⁰, NHC(═O)R¹¹, C(═O)NHR¹¹, NHC(═O)NHR¹¹, NHR¹¹, R¹¹, and abond to C_(h);

R¹⁰ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: a bondto C_(h), COOR¹¹, C(═O)NHR¹¹, NHC(═O)R¹¹, NHOH, NHR¹¹, SO₃H, PO₃H,—OPO₃H₂, —OSO₃H, aryl substituted with 0-3 R¹¹, C₁₋₅ alkyl substitutedwith 0-1 R¹², C₁₋₅ alkoxy substituted with 0-1 R¹², and a 5-10 memberedheterocyclic ring system containing 1-4 heteroatoms independentlyselected from N, S, and O and substituted with 0-3 R¹¹;

R¹¹ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: H,alkyl substituted with 0-1 R¹², aryl substituted with 0-1 R¹², a 5-10membered heterocyclic ring system containing 1-4 heteroatomsindependently selected from N, S, and O and substituted with 0-1 R¹²,C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1 R¹², polyalkylene glycolsubstituted with 0-1 R¹², carbohydrate substituted with 0-1 R¹²,cyclodextrin substituted with 0-1 R¹², amino acid substituted with 0-1R¹², polycarboxyalkyl substituted with 0-1 R¹², polyazaalkyl substitutedwith 0-1 R¹², peptide substituted with 0-1 R¹², wherein the peptide iscomprised of 2-10 amino acids, 3,6-O-disulfo-B-D-galactopyranosyl,bis(phosphonomethyl)glycine, and a bond to C_(h);

k is 0 or 1;

s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

s′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

s″ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

t is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

A¹, A², A³, A⁴, A⁵, A⁶, A⁷, and A⁸ are independently selected at eachoccurrence from the group: NR¹³, NR¹³R¹⁴, S, SH, S(Pg), OH, and a bondto L_(n);

E is a bond, CH, or a spacer group independently selected at eachoccurrence from the group: C₁-C₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, arylsubstituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, anda 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring system containing 1-4 heteroatomsindependently selected from N, S, and O and substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷;

R¹³ and R¹⁴ are each independently selected from the group: a bond toL_(n), hydrogen, C₁-C₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, aryl substitutedwith 0-3 R¹⁷, a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring system containing 1-4heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, and O and substituted with0-3 R¹⁷, and an electron, provided that when one of R¹³ or R¹⁴ is anelectron, then the other is also an electron;

alternatively, R¹³ and R¹⁴ combine to form ═C(R²⁰)(R²¹);

R¹⁷ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: a bondto L_(n), ═O, F, Cl, Br, I, —CF₃, —CN, —CO₂R¹⁸, —C(═O)R¹⁸,—C(═O)N(R¹⁸)₂, —CH₂OR¹⁸, —OC(═O)R¹⁸, —OC(═O)OR^(18a), —OR¹⁸,—OC(═O)N(R¹⁸)₂, —NR¹⁹C(═O)R¹⁸, —NR¹⁹C(═O)OR^(18a), —NR¹⁹C(═O)N(R¹⁸)₂,—NR¹⁹SO₂N(R¹⁸)₂, —NR¹⁹SO₂R^(18a), —SO₃H, —SO₂R^(18a), —S(═O)R^(18a),—SO₂N(R¹⁸)₂, —N(R¹⁸)₂, —NHC(═S)NHR¹⁸, ═NOR¹⁸, —C(═O)NHNR¹⁸R^(18a),—OCH₂CO₂H, and 2-(1-morpholino)ethoxy;

R¹⁸, R^(18a), and R¹⁹ are independently selected at each occurrence fromthe group: a bond to L_(n), H, and C₁-C₆ alkyl;

R²⁰ and R²¹ are independently selected from the group: H, C₁-C₅ alkyl,—CO₂R²⁵, C₂-C₅ 1-alkene substituted with 0-3 R²³, C₂-C₅ 1-alkynesubstituted with 0-3 R²³, aryl substituted with 0-3 R²³, and unsaturated5-10 membered heterocyclic ring system containing 1-4 heteroatomsindependently selected from N, S, and O and substituted with 0-3 R²³;

alternatively, R²⁰ and R²¹, taken together with the divalent carbonradical to which they are attached form:

R²² and R²³ are independently selected from the group: H, and R²⁴;

alternatively, R²², R²³ taken together form a fused aromatic or a 5-10membered heterocyclic ring system containing 1-4 heteroatomsindependently selected from N, S, and O;

R²⁴ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group:—CO₂R²⁵, —C(═O)N(R²⁵)₂, —CH₂OR²⁵, —OC(═O)R²⁵, —OR²⁵, —SO₃H, —N(R²⁵)₂,and —OCH₂CO₂H; and,

R²⁵ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: H andC₁-C₃ alkyl.

[5] In a still more preferred embodiment, the present invention providesa compound wherein: Q is a compound of Formula (II):

 including stereoisomeric forms thereof, or mixtures of stereoisomericforms thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug formsthereof wherein:

R^(1e) is selected from:

A^(e) is selected from:

—CH₂—, or —N(R^(12e))—;

A^(1e) and B^(e) are independently: —CH₂—, or —N(R^(10e))—;

D^(e) is selected from:

—N(R^(12e))—, or —S—;

E^(e)—F^(e) is selected from: —C(R^(2e))═C(R^(3e))—, or—C(R^(2e))₂C(R^(3e))₂—;

J^(e) is selected from:

—C(R^(2e))— or —N—,

K^(e), L^(e) and M^(e) are independently selected from:

—C(R^(2e))— or —C(R^(3e))—;

R^(2e) and R^(3e) are independently selected from:

H, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, NR^(11e)R^(12e), ═NR^(12e), halogen, NO₂, CN, CF₃,C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl,C₆-C₁₀ aryl substituted with 0-4 R^(7e), C₇-C₁₀ arylalkyl, C₂-C₇alkylcarbonyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxycarbonyl, or C₇-C₁₁ arylcarbonyl;

alternatively, when R^(2e) and R^(3e) are substituents on adjacentatoms, they can be taken together with the carbon atoms to which theyare attached to form a 5-7 membered carbocyclic or 5-7 memberedheterocyclic aromatic or nonaromatic ring system, said carbocyclic orheterocyclic ring being optionally substituted with 0-2 groups selectedfrom C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, halo, cyano, amino, CF₃ or NO₂;

R^(2ae) is absent or R^(12e);

U^(e) is selected from:

—(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)—,

—(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)O(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—,

—(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)N(R^(12e))(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—,

—(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)C(═O)(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—,

—(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)S(O)_(p)(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—,

—(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)NHNH(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—,

—N(R^(10e))C(═O)—,

—C(═O)N(R^(10e))—, or

—N(R^(10e))S (O)_(p) ^(e)—;

G^(e) is selected from:

N or CR^(19e);

W^(e) is —C(═O)—N(R^(10e))—(C₁-C₃ alkylene)—, in which the alkylenegroup may be substituted by:

CO₂R^(18ae),

C(═O)R^(18ae),

CONR^(17e)R^(18ae),

C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₂-C₁₀ alkenyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₂-C₁₀ alkynyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₅-C₆ cycloalkenyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₁-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyl,

C₃-C₁₀ cycloalkylalkyl,

aryl substituted with 0-3 R^(6e),

a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-3 N, O, or S heteroatoms,wherein said heterocyclic ring may be saturated, partially saturated, orfully unsaturated, said heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2R^(7e),

hydroxy,

C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy,

nitro,

OR^(22e),

N(R^(10e))R^(11e),

—N(R^(16e))R^(17e),

aryl(C₀-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl,

aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl),

heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl),

CONR^(18ae)R^(20e),

SO₂R^(18ae), or

SO₂NR^(18ae)R^(20e), and providing that any of the above alkyl,cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl groups may be unsubstituted orsubstituted independently with 1-2 R^(7e);

Y^(e) is selected from:

—COR^(20e), —SO₃H, —PO₃H, —CONHNHSO₂CF₃, —CONHSO₂R^(18ae),—CONHSO₂NHR^(18be), —NHCOCF₃, —NHCONHSO₂R^(18ae), —NHSO₂R^(18ae),—OPO₃H₂, —OSO₃H, —PO₃H₂, —SO₃H, —SO₂NHCOR^(18ae), —SO₂NHCO₂R^(18ae), or

R^(6e) is selected from:

H, C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, hydroxy, C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy, nitro, C₁-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyl,—N(R^(11e))R^(12e), cyano, halo, CF₃, CHO, CO₂R^(18be), C(═O)R^(18be),CONR^(17e)R^(18be), OC(═O)R^(10e), OR^(10e), OC(═O)NR^(10e)R^(11e),NR^(10e)C(═O)R^(10e), NR^(10e)C(═O)OR^(21e),NR^(10e)C(═O)NR^(10e)R^(11e), NR^(10e)O₂NR^(10e)R^(11e),NR^(10e)SO₂R^(21e), S(O)_(p) ^(e)R^(11e), SO₂NR^(10e)R^(11e),

C₆-C₁₀ aryl optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected fromhalogen, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ alkyl, CF₃, S(O)_(m) ^(e)Me, or —NMe₂;

C₇-C₁₀ arylalkyl, said aryl being optionally substituted with 1-3 groupsselected from halogen, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ alkyl, CF₃, S(O)_(p) ^(e)Me,or —NMe₂,

a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-3 N, O, or S heteroatoms,wherein said heterocyclic ring may be saturated, partially saturated, orfully unsaturated, said heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2R^(7e);

R^(7e) is selected from:

H, C₁-C₄ alkyl, hydroxy, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, C₆-C₁₀ aryl, C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl,(C₁-C₄ alkyl)carbonyl, CO₂R^(18ae), SO₂R^(11e), SO₂NR^(10e)R^(11e),OR^(10e), or N(R^(11e))R^(12e);

R^(10e) is selected from:

H, CF₃, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylmethyl,C₆-C₁₀ aryl, aryl(C₁-C₄ alkyl), C₁-C₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-2R^(6e), or a bond to L_(n);

R^(11e) is selected from:

H, hydroxy, C₁ to C₈ alkyl, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁cycloalkylmethyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, benzyloxy, C₆-C₁₁ aryl, heteroaryl,heteroarylalkyl, C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, adamantylmethyl, or C₁-C₁₀ alkylsubstituted with 0-2 R^(4e);

alternatively, when R^(10e) and R^(11e) are both substituents on thesame nitrogen atom (as in —NR^(10e)R^(11e)) they can be taken togetherwith the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form a heterocycleselected from: 3-azabicyclononyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-quinolinyl,1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-isoquinolinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 1-morpholinyl,1-pyrrolidinyl, thiamorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl or 1-piperazinyl; saidheterocycle being optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from:C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₆-C₁₀ aryl, heteroaryl, C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, C₁-C₆alkylcarbonyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkylcarbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxycarbonyl, C₇-C₁₁arylalkoxycarbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkylsulfonyl or C₆-C₁₀ arylsulfonyl;

R^(4e) is selected from:

H, C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, C₁-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, orcycloalkylalkyl;

R^(12e) is selected from:

H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, triphenylmethyl, methoxyphenyldiphenylmethyl,methoxymethyl (MOM), trimethylsilylethoxymethyl (SEM), (C₁-C₆alkyl)carbonyl, (C₁-C₆ alkoxy)carbonyl; (C₁-C₆ alkyl)aminocarbonyl,C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl,heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, aryl C₁-C₆ alkyl,(C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl, or arylcarbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkylsulfonyl,arylsulfonyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)sulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl,heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)sulfonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, or aryl(C₁-C₆alkoxy)carbonyl, wherein said aryl groups are substituted with 0-2substituents selected from the group consisting of C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄alkoxy, halo, CF₃, and nitro;

R^(16e) is selected from:

—C(═O)OR^(18ae),

—C(═O)R^(18be),

—C(═O)N(R^(18be))₂,

—C(═O)NHSO₂R^(18ae),

—C(═O)NHC(═O)R^(18be),

—C(═O)NHC(═O)OR^(18ae),

—C(═O)NHSO₂NHR^(18be),

—SO₂R^(18ae),

—SO₂N(R^(18be))₂ or,

—So₂NHC(═O)OR^(18be);

R^(17e) is selected from:

H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl,aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)—, or heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl);

R^(18ae) is selected from:

C₁-C₈ alkyl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), C₃-C₁₁cycloalkyl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), aryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)- optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), heteroaryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)- optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), (C₁-C₆alkyl)heteroaryl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),biaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl) optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),heteroaryl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), phenylsubstituted with 3-4 R^(19e) and optionally substituted with a bond toL_(n), naphthyl substituted with 0-4 R^(19e) and optionally substitutedwith a bond to L_(n), and a bond to L_(n), wherein said aryl orheteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 0-4 R^(19e);

R^(18be) is selected from:

R^(18ae) or H;

R^(19e) is selected from:

H, halogen, CF₃, CO₂H, CN, NO₂, NR^(11e)R^(12e), C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆ alkynyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl,aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, OCF₃, or C₁-C₄ alkoxycarbonyl, aryl,—O—aryl, —SO₂-aryl, heteroaryl, or —SO₂-heteroaryl, wherein said aryland heteroaryl groups may be substituted with 0-4 groups selected fromhydrogen, halogen, CF₃, C₁-C₃ alkyl, or C₁-C₃ alkoxy;

R^(20e) is selected from:

hydroxy, C₁-C₁₀ alkyloxy, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyloxy, C₆-C₁₀ aryloxy, C₇-C₁₁aralkyloxy, C₃-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₃-C₁₀alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₂-C₁₀ alkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀cycloalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀ cycloalkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy,C₅-C₁₀ cycloalkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C₇-C₁₁ aryloxycarbonylalkyloxy,C₈-C₁₂ aryloxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₈-C₁₂ arylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy,C₅-C₁₀ alkoxyalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀(5-alkyl-1,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)methyloxy, C₁₀-C₁₄(5-aryl-1,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)methyloxy, or(R^(11e))(R^(12e))N-(C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy)—;

R^(21e) is selected from: C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl,C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylmethyl, C₆-C₁₀ aryl, C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, or C₁-C₁₀ alkylsubstituted with 0-2 R^(7e);

R^(22e) is selected from:

—C(═O)—R^(18be),

—C(═O)N(R^(18be))₂,

—C(═O)NHSO₂R^(18ae),

—C(═O)NHC(═O)R^(18be),

—C(═O)NHC(═O)OR^(18ae) or,

—C(═O)NHSO₂NHR^(18be),

m^(e) is 0-2;

n^(e) is 0-4;

p^(e) is 0-2;

r^(e) is 0-2;

with the following provisos:

(1) n^(e), m^(e) and q^(e) are chosen such that the number of atomsconnecting R^(1e) and Y^(e) is in the range of 8-14;

(2) when all R^(19e) groups are H, G^(e) must be N;

(3) when G^(e) is CR^(19e), at least one R^(19e) group cannot be H.

or Q is a peptide selected from the group:

R¹ is L-valine, D-valine or L-lysine optionally substituted on the εamino group with a bond to L_(n);

R² is L-phenylalanine, D-phenylalanine, D-1-naphthylalanine,2-aminothiazole-4-acetic acid or tyrosine, the tyrosine optionallysubstituted on the hydroxy group with a bond to L_(n);

R³ is D-valine;

R⁴ is D-tyrosine substituted on the hydroxy group with a

bond to L_(n);

provided that one of R¹ and R² in each Q is substituted with a bond toL_(n), and further provided that when R² is 2-aminothiazole-4-aceticacid, K is N-methylarginine;

provided that at least one Q is a compound of Formula IIa or IIb;

C_(h) is

A¹ is selected from the group: OH, and a bond to L_(n);

A², A⁴, and A⁶ are each N;

A³, A⁵, and A⁸ are each OH;

A⁷ is a bond to L_(n) or NH-bond to L_(n);

E is a C₂ alkyl substituted with 0-1 R¹⁷;

R¹⁷ is ═O;

alternatively, C_(h) is

A¹ is selected from the group: OH, and a bond to L_(n);

A², A³ and A⁴ are each N;

A⁵, A⁶ and A⁸ are each OH;

A⁷ is a bond to L_(n);

E is a C₂ alkyl substituted with 0-1 R¹⁷;

R¹⁷ is ═O;

alternatively, C_(h) is

A¹ is NH₂ or N═C(R²⁰)(R²¹);

E is a bond;

A² is NHR¹³;

R¹³ is a heterocycle substituted with R¹⁷, the heterocycle beingselected from pyridine and pyrimidine;

R¹⁷ is selected from a bond to L_(n), C(═O)NHR¹⁸ and C(═O)R¹⁸;

R¹⁸ is a bond to L_(n);

R²⁴ is selected from the group: —CO₂R²⁵, —OR²⁵, —SO₃H, and —N(R²⁵)₂;and,

R²⁵ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group:hydrogen and methyl.

[6] In another even more preferred embodiment, Q is a compound ofFormula (IV):

 including stereoisomeric forms thereof, or mixtures of stereoisomericforms thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug formsthereof wherein:

R^(1e) is selected from:

R^(2e) and R^(3e) are independently selected from:

H, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, NR^(11e)R^(12e), ═NR^(12e), halogen, NO₂, CN, CF₃,C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl,C₆-C₁₀ aryl substituted with 0-4 R^(7e), C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, C₂-C₇alkylcarbonyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxycarbonyl, or C₇-C₁₁ arylcarbonyl;

alternatively, when R^(2e) and R^(3e) are substituents on adjacentatoms, they can be taken together with the carbon atoms to which theyare attached to form a 5-7 membered carbocyclic or 5-7 memberedheterocyclic aromatic or nonaromatic ring system, said carbocyclic orheterocyclic ring being optionally substituted with 0-2 groups selectedfrom C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, halo, cyano, amino, CF₃ or NO;

U^(e) is selected from:

—(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)—,

—(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)O(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—,

—N(R^(10e))C(═O)—, or

—C(═O)N(R^(10e))—;

G^(e) is selected from:

N or CR^(19e);

R^(8e) is selected from:

CO₂R^(18ae),

C(═O)R^(18ae),

CONR^(17e)R^(18ae),

C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₂-C₁₀ alkenyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₂-C₁₀ alkynyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₅-C₆ cycloalkenyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₁-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyl,

C₃-C₁₀ cycloalkylalkyl,

aryl substituted with 0-3 R^(6e),

a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-3 N, O, or S heteroatoms,wherein said heterocyclic ring may be saturated, partially saturated, orfully unsaturated, said heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2R^(7e),

R^(9e) is selected from:

hydroxy,

C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy,

nitro,

OR^(22e)

N(R^(10e))R^(11e),

—N(R^(16e))R^(17e),

aryl(C₀-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl,

aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl),

heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl),

CONR^(18ae)R^(20e),

SO₂R^(18ae), or

SO₂NR^(18ae)R^(20e), and providing that any of the above alkyl,cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl groups may be unsubstituted orsubstituted independently with 1-2 R^(7e);

Y^(e) is selected from:

—COR^(20e), —CONHNHSO₂CF₃, —CONHSO₂R^(18ae), or

—CONHSO₂NHR^(18be);

R^(6e) is selected from:

H, C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, hydroxy, C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy, nitro, C₁-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyl,—N(R^(11e))R^(12e), cyano, halo, CF₃, CHO, CO₂R^(18be), C(═O)R^(18be),CONR^(17e)R^(18be)OC(═O)R^(11e), OR^(10e), OC(═O)NR^(10e)R^(11e),NR^(10e)C(═O)R^(10e), NR^(10e)C(═O)OR^(21e),NR^(10e)C(═O)NR^(10e)R^(11e), NR^(10e)SO₂NR^(10e)R^(11e),NR^(10e)SO₂R^(21e), S(O)_(p) ^(e)R^(11e), SO₂NR^(10e)R^(11e),

C₆-C₁₀ aryl optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected fromhalogen, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ alkyl, CF₃, S(O)_(m) ^(e)Me, or —NMe₂;

C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, said aryl being optionally substituted with 1-3 groupsselected from halogen, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ alkyl, CF₃, S(O)_(p) ^(e)Me,or —NMe₂,

a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-3 N, O, or S heteroatoms,wherein said heterocyclic ring may be saturated, partially saturated, orfully unsaturated, said heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2R^(7e);

R^(7e) is selected from:

H, C₁-C₄ alkyl, hydroxy, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, C₆-C₁₀ aryl, C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl,(C₁-C₄ alkyl)carbonyl, CO₂R^(18ae), SO₂R^(11e), SO₂NR^(10e)R^(11e),OR^(10e), or N(R^(11e))R^(12e);

R^(10e) is selected from:

H, CF₃, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylmethyl,C₆-C₁₀ aryl, aryl(C₁-C₄ alkyl), C₁-C₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-2R^(6e), OR A BOND TO L_(N);

R^(11e) is selected from:

H, hydroxy, C₁ to C₈ alkyl, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁cycloalkylmethyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, benzyloxy, C₆-C₁₀ aryl, heteroaryl,heteroarylalkyl, C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, adamantylmethyl, or C₁-C₁₀ alkylsubstituted with 0-2 R^(4e);

alternatively, when R^(10e) and R^(11e) are both substituents on thesame nitrogen atom (as in —NR^(10e)R^(11e)) they can be taken togetherwith the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form a heterocycleselected from: 3-azabicyclononyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-quinolinyl,1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-isoquinolinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 1-morpholinyl,1-pyrrolidinyl, thiamorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl or 1-piperazinyl; saidheterocycle being optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from:C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₆-C₁₀ aryl, heteroaryl, C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, C₁-C₆alkylcarbonyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkylcarbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxycarbonyl, C₇-C₁₁arylalkoxycarbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkylsulfonyl or C₆-C₁₀ arylsulfonyl;

R^(4e) is selected from:

H, C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, C₁-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, orcycloalkylalkyl;

R^(12e) is selected from:

H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, triphenylmethyl, methoxyphenyldiphenylmethyl,methoxymethyl (MOM), trimethylsilylethoxymethyl (SEM), (C₁-C₆alkyl)carbonyl, (C₁-C₆ alkoxy)carbonyl; (C₁-C₆ alkyl)aminocarbonyl,C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-Cl₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl,heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, aryl C₁-C₆ alkyl,(C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl, or arylcarbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkylsulfonyl,arylsulfonyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)sulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl,heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)sulfonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, or aryl(C₁-C₆alkoxy)carbonyl, wherein said aryl groups are substituted with 0-2substituents selected from the group consisting of C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄alkoxy, halo, CF₃, and nitro;

R^(16e) is selected from:

—C(═O)OR^(18ae),

—C(═O)R^(18be),

—C(═O)N(R^(18be))₂,

—SO₂R^(18ae), or

—SO₂N(R^(18be))₂;

R^(17e) is selected from:

H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl,aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)—, or heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl);

R^(18e) is selected from:

C₁-C₈ alkyl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), C₃-C₁₁cycloalkyl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), aryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)- optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), heteroaryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)- optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), (C₁-C₆alkyl)heteroaryl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),biaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl) optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),heteroaryl substituted with 3-4 R^(19e) and optionally substituted witha bond to L_(n), naphthyl substituted with 0-4 R^(19e) and optionallysubstituted with a bond to L_(n), and a bond to L_(n), wherein said arylor heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 0-4 R^(19e);

R^(18be) is selected from:

R^(18ae) or H;

R^(19e) is selected from:

H, halogen, CF₃, CO₂H, CN, NO₂, NR^(11e)R^(12e), C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆ alkynyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl,aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, OCF₃, or C₁-C₄ alkoxycarbonyl, aryl,—O— aryl, —SO₂-aryl, heteroaryl, or —SO₂-heteroaryl, wherein said aryland heteroaryl groups may be substituted with 0-4 groups selected fromhydrogen, halogen, CF₃, C₁-C₃ alkyl, or C₁-C₃ alkoxy;

R^(20e) is selected from:

hydroxy, C₁-C₁₀ alkyloxy, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyloxy, C₆-C₁₀ aryloxy, C₇-C₁₁aralkyloxy, C₃-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₃-C₁₀alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₂-C₁₀ alkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀cycloalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀ cycloalkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy,C₅-C₁₀ cycloalkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C₇-C₁₁ aryloxycarbonylalkyloxy,C₈-C₁₂ aryloxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₈-C₁₂ arylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy,C₅-C₁₀ alkoxyalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀(5-alkyl-1,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)methyloxy, C₁₀-C₁₄(5-aryl-1,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)methyloxy, or (R^(11e))(R^(12e))N—(C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy)-;

R^(21e) is selected from: C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl,C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylmethyl, C₆-C₁₀ aryl, C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, or C₁-C₁₀ alkylsubstituted with 0-2 R^(7e);

R^(22e) is selected from:

—C(═O)—R^(18be),

—C(═O)N(R^(18be))₂,

—C(═O)NHSO₂R^(18ae),

—C(═O)NHC(═O)R^(18be),

—C(═O)NHC(═O)OR^(18ae) or,

—C(═O)NHSO₂NHR^(18be),

m^(e) is 0-2;

n^(e) is 0-4;

p^(e) is 0-2;

with the following provisos:

(1) n^(e) and m^(e) are chosen such that the number of atoms connectingR^(1e) and Y^(e) is in the range of 8-14;

(2) when all R^(19e) groups are H, G^(e) must be N;

(3) when G^(e) is CR^(19e), at least one R^(19e) group cannot be H.

[7] In another even more preferred embodiment, the present inventionprovides a compound selected from the group:

2-(((4-(4-(((3-(2-(2-(3-((6-((1-aza-2-(2-sulfophenyl)vinyl)amino)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid;

3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((4-(4-(((3-(2-(2-(3-(2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxylmethyl)cyclododecyl)acetylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicacid;

2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-((6-((1-aza-2-(2-sulfophenyl)vinyl)amino)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid;

3-((1-(3-((6-((1-aza-2-(2-sulfophenyl)vinyl)amino)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)propyl)-7-((imidazole-2-ylamino)methyl)-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicacid;

3-((1-(3-((6-((1-aza-2-(2-sulfophenyl)vinyl)amino)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)propyl)-7-(((1-hydroxyimidazole-2-yl)amino)methyl)-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicacid;

3-((1-(3-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-((6-((1-aza-2-(2-sulfophenyl)vinyl)amino)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propanoylamino)propyl)-7-((imidazole-2-ylamino)methyl)-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicacid;

2-(2-aza-2-(5-(N-(1,3-bis(3-(2-(2-(3-(3-(N-(3-(3-(N-(3-carboxy-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)ethyl)carbamoyl)-7-((imidazole-2-ylamino)methyl)4-oxohydroquinolyl)propyl)carbamoyl)propanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)(2-pyridyl))amino)vinyl)benzenesulfonicacid;

DOTA conjugate of3-((1-(3-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(N-(L-Asp-L-Asp)3-aminopropoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propanoylamino)propyl-7-((imidazole-2-ylamino)methyl)-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicacid;

DOTA/2-amino-N,N′-bis(3-(2-(2-(3-(3-(N-(3-(3-(N-(3-carboxy-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)ethyl)carbamoyl)-7-((imidazole-2-ylamino)methyl)-4-oxohydroquinolyl)propyl)carbamoyl)propanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)pentane-1,5-diamideconjugate;

DOTA/2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-amino-3-sulfopropyl)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid conjugate;

DOTA/2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-amino-3-(4-(phosphonooxy)phenyl)propanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid conjugate;

DOTA/2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-amino-3-(4-(sulfooxy)phenyl)propanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid conjugate;

DOTA/2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-amino-4-(N-(ethyl-3,6-O-disulfo-b-D-galactopyranosyl)carbamoyl)butanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid conjugate;

DOTA/2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-amino-4-(N-(6-deoxy-b-cyclodextryl)carbamoyl)butanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid conjugate;

DOTA/2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-amino-4-(N-(w-methoxypolyethylene(5,000)glycoxyethyl)carbamoyl)butanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid conjugate;

2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecylacetylamino)-6-aminohexanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid;

2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecylacetylamino)-6-(2-(bis(phosphonomethyl)amino)acetylamino)hexanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid conjugate; and

2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-(2-((2-((2-(bis(carboxymethyl)amino)ethyl)(carboxymethyl)amino)ethyl)(carboxymethyl)amino)acetylamino)-3-sulfopropyl)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid.

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form thereof.

[8] In a further preferred embodiment, the present invention provides akit comprising a compound of the present invention.

[9] In an even further preferred embodiment, the kit further comprisesone or more ancillary ligands and a reducing agent.

[10] In a still further preferred embodiment, the ancillary ligands aretricine and TPPTS.

[11] In another still further preferred embodiment, the reducing agentis tin(II).

[12] In a second embodiment, the present invention provides a noveldiagnostic or therapeutic metallopharmaceutical composition, comprising:a metal, a chelator capable of chelating the metal and a targetingmoiety, wherein the targeting moiety is bound to the chelator, is anonpeptide and binds to a receptor that is upregulated duringangiogenesis and the compound has 0-1 linking groups between thetargeting moiety and chelator.

[13] In another preferred embodiment, the metallopharmaceutical is adiagnostic radiopharmaceutical, the metal is a radioisotope selectedfrom the group: ^(99m)Tc, ⁹⁵Tc, ¹¹¹In, ⁶²Cu, ⁶⁴Cu, ⁶⁷Ga, and ⁶⁸Ga, thetargeting moiety comprises an indazole and the receptor is selected fromthe group: EGFR, FGFR, PDGFR, Flk-1/KDR, Flt-1, Tek, Tie, neuropilin-1,endoglin, endosialin, Axl, α_(v)β₃, α_(v)β₅, α₅β₁, α₄β₁, α₁β₁, and α₂β₂and the linking group is present between the targeting moiety andchelator.

[14] In another more preferred embodiment, the targeting moiety is anindazole and the receptor is α_(v)β₃.

[15] In another even more preferred embodiment, the radioisotope is^(99m)Tc or ⁹⁵Tc, the radiopharmaceutical further comprises a firstancillary ligand and a second ancillary ligand capable of stabilizingthe radiopharmaceutical.

[16] In another still more preferred embodiment, the radioisotope is^(99m)Tc.

[17] In another further preferred embodiment, the radiopharmaceutical isselected from the group:

^(9m)Tc(2-(((4-(4-(((3-(2-(2-(3-((6-(diazenido)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid)(tricine)(TPPTS);

^(99m)Tc(2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-((6-(diazenido)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid)(tricine)(TPPDS);

^(99m)Tc(3-((1-(3-((6-(diazenido)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)propyl)-7-((imidazole-2-ylamino)methyl)-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicacid)(tricine)(TPPTS);

^(99m)Tc(HYNIC-3-((1-(3-((6-((1-aza-2-(2-sulfophenyl)vinyl)amino)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)propyl)-7-(((1-hydroxyimidazole-2-yl)amino)methyl)-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicacid trifluoroacetate salt)(tricine)(TPPTS);

^(99m)Tc(3-((1-(3-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-((6-(diazenido)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propanoylamino)propyl)-7-((imidazole-2-ylamino)methyl)-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicacid)(tricine)(TPPTS);

^(99m)Tc(2-(2-(5-(N-(1,3-bis(3-(2-(2-(3-(3-(N-(3-(3-(N-(3-carboxy-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)ethyl)carbamoyl)-7-((imidazole-2-ylamino)methyl)-4-oxohydroquinolyl)propyl)carbamoyl)propanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)(2-pyridyl)diazenido))(tricine)(TPPTS);

[18] In another even more preferred embodiment, the radioisotope is¹¹¹In.

[19] In another still more preferred embodiment, the radiopharmaceuticalis a In-111 complex of3-((7-((-Imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((4-(4-(((3-(2-(2-(3-(2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxylmethyl)cyclododecyl)acetylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicacid.

[20] In another preferred embodiment, the metallopharmaceutical is atherapeutic radiopharmaceutical, the metal is a radioisotope selectedfrom the group: ¹⁸⁶Re, ¹⁸⁸Re, ¹⁵³Sm, ¹⁶⁶Ho, ¹⁷⁷Lu, ¹⁴⁹Pm, ⁹⁰y, ²¹²Bi,¹⁰³Pd, ¹⁰⁹Pd, ¹⁵⁹Gd, ¹⁴⁰La, ¹⁹⁸Au, ¹⁹⁹Au, ¹⁶⁹Yb, ¹⁷⁵Yb, 165Dy, ¹⁶⁶Dy,⁶⁷Cu, ¹⁰⁵Rh, ¹¹¹Ag, and ¹⁹²Ir, the targeting moiety is a nonpeptide andthe receptor is selected from the group: EGFR, FGFR, PDGFR, Flk-1/KDR,Flt-1, Tek, Tie, neuropilin-1, endoglin, endosialin, Axl, α_(v)β₃,α_(v)β₅, α₅β₁, α₄β₁, α₁β₁, and α₂β₂ and the linking group is presentbetween the targeting moiety and chelator.

[21] In another more preferred embodiment, the targeting moiety is anindazole and the receptor is α_(v)β₃.

[22] In another even more preferred embodiment, the radioisotope is¹⁵³Sm.

[23] In another even more preferred embodiment, the radioisotope is¹⁷⁷Lu.

[24] In another still more preferred embodiment, the radiopharmaceuticalis selected from the group:

¹⁷⁷Lu complex of3-((7-((Imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((4-(4-(((3-(2-(2-(3-(2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxylmethyl)cyclododecyl)acetylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicacid and

¹⁷⁷Lu complex of the DOTA Conjugate of3-((1-(3-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(N-(L-Asp-L-Asp)3-aminopropoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propanoylamino)propyl-7-((imidazole-2-ylamino)methyl)-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicacid.

[25] In another even more preferred embodiment, the radioisotope is ⁹⁰Y.

[26] In another still more preferred embodiment, the radiopharmaceuticalis ⁹⁰Y complex of3-((7-((Imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((4-(4-(((3-(2-(2-(3-(2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxylmethyl)cyclododecyl)acetylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicacid.

[27] In another preferred embodiment, the metallopharmaceutical is a MRIcontrast agent, the metal is a paramagnetic metal ion selected from thegroup: Gd(III), Dy(III), Fe(III), and Mn(II), the targeting moiety is anonpeptide and the receptor is selected from the group: EGFR, FGFR,PDGFR, Flk-1/KDR, Flt-1, Tek, Tie, neuropilin-1, endoglin, endosialin,Axl, α_(v)β₃, α_(v)β₅, α₅β₁, α₄β₁, α₁β₁, and α₂β₂ and the linking groupis present between the targeting moiety and chelator.

[28] In another more preferred embodiment, the targeting moiety is anindazole and the receptor is α_(v)β₃.

[29] In another even more preferred embodiment, the metal ion isGd(III).

[30] In another still more preferred embodiment, the contrast agent is aGadolinium complex of2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-(2-((2-((2-(bis(carboxymethyl)amino)ethyl)(carboxymethyl)amino)ethyl)(carboxymethyl)amino)acetylamino)-3-sulfopropyl)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid.

[31] In another preferred embodiment, the metallopharmaceutical is aX-ray contrast agent, the metal is selected from the group: Re, Sm, Ho,Lu, Pm, Y, Bi, Pd, Gd, La, Au, Au, Yb, Dy, Cu, Rh, Ag, and Ir, thetargeting moiety is a cyclic pentapeptide, the receptor is α_(v)β₃, andthe linking group is present between the targeting moiety and chelator.

[32] In another even more preferred embodiment, the present inventionprovides a novel method of treating rheumatoid arthritis in a patientcomprising: administering a therapeutic radiopharmaceutical of thepresent invention capable of localizing in new angiogenic vasculature toa patient by injection or infusion.

[33] In another even more preferred embodiment, the present inventionprovides a novel method of treating cancer in a patient comprising:administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeuticradiopharmaceutical of the present invention by injection or infusion.

[34] In another even more preferred embodiment, the present inventionprovides a novel method of imaging formation of new blood vessels in apatient comprising: (1) administering a diagnostic radiopharmaceutical,a MRI contrast agent, or a X-ray contrast agent of the present inventionto a patient by injection or infusion; (2) imaging the area of thepatient wherein the desired formation of new blood vessels is located.

[35] In another even more preferred embodiment, the present inventionprovides a novel method of imaging cancer in a patient comprising: (1)administering a diagnostic radiopharmaceutical of the present inventionto a patient by injection or infusion; (2) imaging the patient usingplanar or SPECT gamma scintigraphy, or positron emission tomography.

[36] In another even more preferred embodiment, the present inventionprovides a novel method of imaging cancer in a patient comprising: (1)administering a MRI contrast agent of the present invention; and (2)imaging the patient using magnetic resonance imaging.

[37] In another even more preferred embodiment, the present inventionprovides a novel method of imaging cancer in a patient comprising: (1)administering a X-ray contrast agent of the present invention; and (2)imaging the patient using X-ray computed tomography.

[38] In a third embodiment, the present invention provides a novelcompound capable of being used in an ultrasound contrast composition,comprising: a targeting moiety and a surfactant, wherein the targetingmoiety is bound to the surfactant, is a nonpeptide, and binds to areceptor that is upregulated during angiogenesis and the compound has0-1 linking groups between the targeting moiety and surfactant.

[39] In a preferred embodiment, the targeting moiety comprises anindazole and the receptor is selected from the group: EGFR, FGFR, PDGFR,Flk-1/KDR, Flt-1, Tek, Tie, neuropilin-1, endoglin, endosialin, Axl,α_(v)β₃, α_(v)β₅, α₅β₁, α₄β₁, α₁β₁, and α₂β₂ and the linking group ispresent between the targeting moiety and surfactant.

[40] In a more preferred embodiment, the receptor is the integrinα_(v)β₃ and the compound is of the formula:

(Q)_(d)—L_(n)—S_(f)

 wherein, Q is a compound of Formula (I):

 including stereoisomeric forms thereof, or mixtures of stereoisomericforms thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug formsthereof wherein:

R^(1e) is selected from:

D^(e) is selected from:

—N(R^(12e))—, or —S—;

J^(e) is selected from:

—C(R^(2e))— or —N—;

K^(e), L^(e) and M^(e) are independently selected from:

—C(R^(2e))— or —C(R^(3e))—;

R^(2e) and R^(3e) are independently selected from:

H, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, NR^(11e)R^(12e), ═NR^(12e), halogen, NO₂, CN, CF₃,C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl,C₆-C₁₀ aryl substituted with 0-4 R^(7e), C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, C₂-C₇alkylcarbonyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxycarbonyl, or C₇-C₁₁ arylcarbonyl;

alternatively, when R^(2e) and R^(3e) are substituents on adjacentatoms, they can be taken together with the carbon atoms to which theyare attached to form a 5-7 membered carbocyclic or 5-7 memberedheterocyclic aromatic or nonaromatic ring system, said carbocyclic orheterocyclic ring being optionally substituted with 0-2 groups selectedfrom C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, halo, cyano, amino, CF₃ or NO₂;

U^(e) is selected from:

—(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)—,

—(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)O(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—,

—(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)N(R^(12e))(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—,

—(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)C(═O)(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—,

—(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)S(O)_(Pe)(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—,

—(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)NHNH(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—,

—N(R^(10e))C(═O)—,

—C(═O)N(R^(10e))—, or

—N(R^(10e))S(O)_(p) ^(e)—;

W^(e) is —C(═O)—N(R^(10e))—(C₁-C₃ alkylene)-, in which the alkylenegroup may be substituted by:

CO₂R^(18ae),

C(═O)R^(18ae),

CONR^(17e)R^(18ae),

C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₅-C₁₀ alkenyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₅-C₁₀ alkynyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₅-C₆ cycloalkenyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₁-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyl,

C₃-C₁₀ cycloalkylalkyl,

phenyl substituted with 1-3 R^(6e),

naphthyl substituted with 0-3 R^(6e),

a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-3 N, O, or S heteroatom,wherein said heterocyclic ring may be saturated, partially saturated, orfully unsaturated, said heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2R^(7e),

hydroxy,

C₅-C₁₀ alkoxy,

nitro,

N(R^(10e))R^(11e),

—N(R^(16e))R^(17e),

C₅-C₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-3 R^(7e),

aryl (C₀-C₆ alkyl) carbonyl,

aryl(C₃-C₆ alkyl),

heteroaryl (C₁-C₆ alkyl),

CONR^(18ae)R^(20e),

SO₂R^(18ae), or

SO₂NR^(18ae)R^(20e) and providing that any of the above alkyl,cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl groups may be unsubstituted orsubstituted independently with 1-2 R^(7e);

R^(6e) is selected from:

H, C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, hydroxy, C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy, nitro, C₁-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyl,—N(R^(11e))R^(12e), cyano, halo, CF₃, CHO, CO₂R^(18be), C(═O)R^(18be),CONR^(17e)R^(18be), OC(═O)R^(10e), OR^(10e), OC(═O)NR^(10e)R^(11e),NR^(10e)C(═O)R^(10e), NR^(10e)C(═O)OR^(21e),NR^(10e)C(═O)NR^(10e)R^(11e), NR^(10e)SO₂NR^(10e)R^(11e),NR^(10e)SO₂R^(21e), S(O)_(p) ^(e)R^(11e), SO₂NR^(10e)R^(11e),

C₆-C₁₀ aryl optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected fromhalogen, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ alkyl, CF₃, S(O)_(m) ^(e)Me, or —NMe₂;

C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, said aryl being optionally substituted with 1-3 groupsselected from halogen, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ alkyl, CF₃, S(O)_(p) ^(e)Me,or —NMe₂, or

a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-3 N, O, or S heteroatoms,wherein said heterocyclic ring may be saturated, partially saturated, orfully unsaturated, said heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2R^(7e);

R^(7e) is selected from:

H, C₁-C₄ alkyl, hydroxy, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, C₆-C₁₀ aryl, C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl,(C₁-C₄ alkyl)carbonyl, CO₂R^(18ae), SO₂R^(11e), SO₂NR^(10e)R^(11e),OR^(10e), or N(R^(11e))R^(12e);

Y^(e) is selected from:

—COR^(20e), —SO₃H, —PO₃H, —CONHNHSO₂CF₃, —CONHSO₂R^(18ae),—CONHSO₂NHR^(18be), —NHCOCF₃, —NHCONHSO₂R^(18ae), —NHSO₂R^(18ae),—OPO₃H₂, —OSO₃H, —PO₃H₂, —SO₃H, —SO₂NHCOR^(18ae), —SO₂NHCO₂R^(18ae), or

R^(10e) is selected from:

H, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylmethyl, aryl,aryl(C₁-C₄ alkyl), or C₁-C₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-2 R^(4e);

R^(11e) is selected from:

H, hydroxy, C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁cycloalkylmethyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, benzyloxy, C₆-C₁₀ aryl, heteroaryl,heteroarylalkyl, aryl(C₁-C₄ alkyl), adamantylmethyl, or C₁-C₁₀ alkylsubstituted with 0-2 R^(4e);

alternatively, when R^(10e) and R^(11e) are both substituents on thesame nitrogen atom (as in —NR^(11e)R^(11e)) they may be taken togetherwith the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form a heterocycleselected from: 3-azabicyclononyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-quinolinyl,1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-isoquinolinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 1-morpholinyl,1-pyrrolidinyl, thiamorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl or 1-piperazinyl; saidheterocycle being optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from:C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₆-C₁₀ aryl, heteroaryl, C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, C₁-C₆alkylcarbonyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkylcarbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxycarbonyl, C₇-C₁₁arylalkoxycarbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkylsulfonyl or C₆-C₁₀ arylsulfonyl;

R^(4e) is selected from:

H, C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, C₁-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, orcycloalkylalkyl;

R^(12e) is selected from:

H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, triphenylmethyl, methoxymethyl (MOM),methoxyphenyldiphenylmethyl, trimethylsilylethoxymethyl (SEM), (C₁-C₆alkyl)carbonyl, (C₁-C₆ alkoxy)carbonyl; (C₁-C₆ alkyl)aminocarbonyl,C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl,heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, aryl C₁-C₆ alkyl,(C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl, or arylcarbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkylsulfonyl,arylsulfonyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)sulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl,heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)sulfonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, or aryl(C₁-C₆alkoxy)carbonyl, wherein said aryl groups are substituted with 0-2substituents selected from the group consisting of C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄alkoxy, halo, CF₃, and nitro;

R^(13e) is selected from:

C₇-C₈ alkyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, heteroaryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)-, biaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl), biaryl optionally substituted with 1-4R^(19e); heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1-4 R^(19e), phenylsubstituted with 3-4 R^(19e) or naphthyl substituted with 1-4 R^(19e);

R^(14e) is selected from:

H, C₁-C₄ alkyl, phenyl(C₁-C₄ alkyl), or a bond to L_(n);

R^(16e) is selected from:

—C(═O)OR^(18ae),

—C(═O)R^(18be),

—C(═O)N(R^(18be))₂,

—C(═O)NHSO₂R^(18ae),

—C(═O)NHC(═O)R^(18be),

—C(═O)NHC(═O)OR^(18ae),

—C(═O)NHSO₂NHR^(18be),

—SO₂R^(18ae),

—SO₂N(R^(18be))₂ or,

—SO₂NHC(═O)OR^(18be);

R^(17e) is selected from:

H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl,aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, or heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl);

R^(18ae) is selected from:

C₁-C₈ alkyl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), C₃-C₁₁cycloalkyl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), aryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)- optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), heteroaryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)- optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), (C₁-C₆alkyl)heteroaryl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),biaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl) optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),heteroaryl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), phenylsubstituted with 3-4 R^(19e) and optionally substituted with a bond toL_(n), naphthyl substituted with 0-4 R^(19e) and optionally substitutedwith a bond to L_(n), and a bond to L_(n), wherein said aryl orheteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 0-4 R^(19e);

R^(18be) is selected from:

R^(18ae) or H;

R^(19e) is selected from:

H, halogen, CF₃, CO₂H, CN, NO₂, NR^(11e)R^(12e), C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆ alkynyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl,aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, OCF₃, or C₁-C₄ alkoxycarbonyl, aryl,—O— aryl, —SO₂-aryl, heteroaryl, or —SO₂-heteroaryl, wherein said aryland heteroaryl groups may be substituted with 0-4 groups selected fromhydrogen, halogen, CF₃, C₁-C₃ alkyl, or C₁-C₃ alkoxy;

R^(20e) is selected from:

hydroxy, C₁-C₁₀ alkyloxy, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyloxy, C₆-C₁₀ aryloxy, C₇-C₁₁aralkyloxy, C₃-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₃-C₁₀alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₂-C₁₀ alkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀cycloalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀ cycloalkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy,C₅-C₁₀ cycloalkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C₇-C₁₁ aryloxycarbonylalkyloxy,C₈-C₁₂ aryloxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₈-C₁₂ arylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy,C₅-C₁₀ alkoxyalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀(5-alkyl-1,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)methyloxy, C₁₀-C₁₄(5-aryl-1,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)methyloxy, or(R^(11e))(R^(12e))N—(C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy)-;

R^(21e) is selected from:

C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylmethyl,C₆-C₁₀ aryl, C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, or C₁-C₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-2R^(7e);

m^(e) is 0-2;

n^(e) is 0-4;

p^(e) is 0-2;

with the following provisos:

(1) n^(e) and m^(e) are chosen such that the number of atoms connectingR^(1e) and Y^(e) is in the range of 8-14;

(2) in the definition of W^(e), the substituent on the alkylene groupmay not be an unsubstituted pyridyl radical

d is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

S_(f) is a surfactant which is a lipid or a compound of the formula:

A⁹ is selected from the group: OH and OR²⁷;

A¹⁰ is OR²⁷;

R²⁷ is C(═O)C₁₋₂₀ alkyl;

E¹ is C₁₋₁₀ alkylene substituted with 1-3 R²⁸;

R²⁸ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: R³⁰,—PO₃H—R³⁰, ═O, —CO₂R²⁹, —C(═O)R²⁹, —C(═O)N(R²⁹)₂, —CH₂OR²⁹, —OR²⁹,—N(R²⁹)₂, C₁-C₅ alkyl, and C₂-C₄ alkenyl;

R²⁹ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: R³⁰, H,C₁-C₆ alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, and trifluoromethyl;

R³⁰ is a bond to L_(n);

L_(n) is a linking group having the formula:

(CR⁶R⁷)_(g)—(W)_(h)—(CR^(6a)R^(7a))_(g′)(Z)_(k)—(W)_(h′)—(CR⁸R⁹)_(g″)—(W)_(h″)—(CR^(8a)R^(9a))_(g″′)

W is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: O, S, NH,NHC(═O), C(═O)NH, C(═O), C(═O)O, OC(═O), NHC(═S)NH, NHC(═O)NH, SO₂,(OCH₂CH₂)₂₀₋₂₀₀, (CH₂CH₂O)₂₀₋₂₀₀, (OCH₂CH₂CH₂)₂₀₋₂₀₀,(CH₂CH₂CH₂O)₂₀₋₂₀₀, and (aa)_(t′);

aa is independently at each occurrence an amino acid;

Z is selected from the group: aryl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, C₃₋₁₀cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, and a 5-10 membered heterocyclicring system containing 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S,and O and substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰;

R⁶, R^(6a), R⁷, R^(7a), R⁸, R^(8a), R⁹ and R^(9a) are independentlyselected at each occurrence from the group: H, ═O, COOH, SO₃H, PO₃H,C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, aryl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰,benzyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, and C₁-C₅ alkoxy substituted with 0-3R¹⁰, NHC(═O)R¹¹, C(═O)NHR¹¹, NHC(═O)NHR¹¹, NHR¹¹, R¹¹, and a bond toS_(f);

R¹⁰ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: a bondto S_(f), COOR¹¹, OH, NHR¹¹, SO₃H, PO₃H, aryl substituted with 0-3 R¹¹,C₁₋₅ alkyl substituted with 0-1 R¹², C₁₋₅ alkoxy substituted with 0-1R¹², and a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring system containing 1-4heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, and O and substituted with0-3 R¹¹;

R¹¹ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: H, arylsubstituted with 0-1 R¹², a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring systemcontaining 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, and O andsubstituted with 0-1 R¹², C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1 R¹²,amino acid substituted with 0-1 R¹² and a bond to S_(f);

R¹² is a bond to S_(f);

k is selected from 0, 1, and 2;

h is selected from 0, 1, and 2;

h′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

H″ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

g is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

g′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

g″ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

g″′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

t′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

[41] In another even more preferred embodiment, the compound is of theformula:

Q—L_(n)—S_(f)

 wherein, Q is a compound of Formula II:

 including stereoisomeric forms thereof, or mixtures of stereoisomericforms thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug formsthereof wherein:

R^(1e) is selected from:

A^(e) is selected from:

—CH₂—, or —N(R^(12e))—;

A_(1e) and B^(e) are independently:

—CH₂— or —N(R^(10e))—;

D^(e) is selected from:

—N(R^(12e))—, or —S—;

E^(e)—F^(e) is selected from:

—C(R^(2e))═C(R^(3e))—, or —C(R^(2e))₂C(R^(3e))₂—;

J^(e) is selected from:

—C(R^(2e))— or —N—,

K^(e), L^(e) and M^(e) are independently selected from:

—C(R^(2e))— or —C(R^(3e))—;

R^(2e) and R^(3e) are independently selected from:

H, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, NR^(11e)R^(12e), ═NR^(12e), halogen, NO₂, CN, CF₃,C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl,C₆-C₁₀ aryl substituted with 0-4 R^(7e), C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, C_(2-C) ₇alkylcarbonyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxycarbonyl, or C₇-C₁₁ arylcarbonyl;

alternatively, when R^(2e) and R^(3e) are substituents on adjacentatoms, they can be taken together with the carbon atoms to which theyare attached to form a 5-7 membered carbocyclic or 5-7 memberedheterocyclic aromatic or nonaromatic ring system, said carbocyclic orheterocyclic ring being optionally substituted with 0-2 groups selectedfrom C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, halo, cyano, amino, CF₃ or NO₂;

R^(2ae) is absent or R^(12e);

U^(e) is selected from:

—(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)—,

—(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)O(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—,

—(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)N(R^(12e))(CH₂)_(m) ^(e),

—(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)C(═O)(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—,

—(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)S(O)_(p)(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—,

—(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)NHNH(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—,

N(R^(10e))C(═O)—,

—C(═O)N(R^(10e))—, or

—N(R^(10e))S(O)_(p) ^(e)—;

G^(e) is selected from:

N or CR^(19e);

W^(e) is —C(═O)—N(R^(10e))—(C₁-C₃ alkylene)-, in which the alkylenegroup may be substituted by:

CO₂R^(18ae),

C(═O)R^(18ae),

CONR^(17e)R^(18ae),

C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₂-C₁₀ alkenyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₂-C₁₀ alkynyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₅-C₆ cycloalkenyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e),

C₁-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyl,

C₃-C₁₀ cycloalkylalkyl,

aryl substituted with 0-3 R^(6e),

a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-3 N, O, or S heteroatoms,wherein said heterocyclic ring may be saturated, partially saturated, orfully unsaturated, said heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2R^(7e),

hydroxy,

C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy,

nitro,

OR^(22e),

—N(R^(10e))R^(11e),

—N(R^(16e))R^(17e),

aryl(C₀-C₆ alkyl) carbonyl,

aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl),

heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl),

CONR^(18ae)R^(20e),

SO₂R^(18ae), or

SO₂NR^(18ae)R^(20e), and providing that any of the above alkyl,cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl groups may be unsubstituted orsubstituted independently with 1-2 R^(7e);

Y^(e) is selected from:

—COR^(20e), —SO₃H, —PO₃H, —CONHNHSO₂CF₃, —CONHSO₂R^(18ae),—CONHSO₂NHR^(18be), —NHCOCF₃, —NHCONHSO₂R^(18ae), —NHSO₂R^(18ae),—OPO₃H₂, —OSO₃H, —PO₃H₂, —SO₃H, —SO₂NHCOR^(18ae), —SO₂NHCO₂R^(18ae), or

R^(6e) is selected from:

H, C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, hydroxy, C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy, nitro, C₁-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyl,—N(R^(11e))R^(12e), cyano, halo, CF₃, CHO, CO₂R^(18be), C(═O)R^(18be),CONR^(17e)R^(18be), OC(═O)R^(10e), OR^(10e), OC(═O)NR^(10e)R^(11e),NR^(10e)C(═O)R^(10e), NR^(10e)C(═O)OR^(21e),NR^(10e)C(═O)NR^(10e)R^(11e), NR^(10e)O₂NR^(10e)R^(11e),NR^(10e)SO₂R^(21e), S(O)_(p) ^(e)R^(11e), SO₂NR^(10e)R^(11e),

C₆-C₁₀ aryl optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected fromhalogen, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ alkyl, CF₃, S(O)_(m) ^(e)me, or —NMe₂;

C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, said aryl being optionally substituted with 1-3 groupsselected from halogen, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ alkyl, CF₃, S(O)_(p) ^(e)Me,or —NMe₂,

a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-3 N, O, or S heteroatoms,wherein said heterocyclic ring may be saturated, partially saturated, orfully unsaturated, said heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2R^(7e);

R^(7e) is selected from:

H, C₁-C₄ alkyl, hydroxy, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, C₆-C₁₀ aryl, C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl,(C₁-C₄ alkyl)carbonyl, CO₂R^(18ae), SO₂R^(11e), SO₂NR^(10e)R^(11e),OR^(10e), or N(R^(11e))R^(12e);

R^(10e) is selected from:

H, CF₃, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylmethyl,C₆-C₁₀ aryl, aryl(C₁-C₄ alkyl), C₁-C₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-2R^(6e), or a bond to L_(n);

R^(11e) is selected from:

H, hydroxy, C₁ to C₈ alkyl, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁cycloalkylmethyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, benzyloxy, C₆-C₁₀ aryl, heteroaryl,heteroarylalkyl, C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, adamantylmethyl, or C₁-C₁₀ alkylsubstituted with 0-2 R^(4e);

alternatively, when R^(10e) and R^(11e) are both substituents on thesame nitrogen atom (as in —NR^(10e)R^(11e)) they can be taken togetherwith the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form a heterocycleselected from: 3-azabicyclononyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-quinolinyl,1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-isoquinolinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 1-morpholinyl,1-pyrrolidinyl, thiamorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl or 1-piperazinyl; saidheterocycle being optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from:C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₆-C₁₀ aryl, heteroaryl, C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, C₁-C₆alkylcarbonyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkylcarbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxycarbonyl, C₇-C₁₁arylalkoxycarbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkylsulfonyl or C₆-C₁₀ arylsulfonyl;

R^(4e) is selected from:

H, C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, C₁-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, orcycloalkylalkyl;

R^(12e) is selected from:

H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, triphenylmethyl, methoxyphenyldiphenylmethyl,methoxymethyl (MOM), trimethylsilylethoxymethyl (SEM), (C₁-C₆alkyl)carbonyl, (C₁-C₆ alkoxy)carbonyl; (C₁-C₆ alkyl)aminocarbonyl,C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl,heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, aryl C₁-C₆ alkyl,(C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl, or arylcarbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkylsulfonyl,arylsulfonyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)sulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl,heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)sulfonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, or aryl(C₁-C₆alkoxy)carbonyl, wherein said aryl groups are substituted with 0-2substituents selected from the group consisting of C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄alkoxy, halo, CF₃, and nitro;

R^(16e) is selected from:

—C(═O)OR^(18ae),

—C(═O)R^(18be),

—C(═O)N(R^(18be))₂,

—C(═O)NHSO₂R^(18ae),

—C(═O)NHC(═O)R^(18be),

—C(═O)NHC(═O)OR^(18ae),

—C(═O)NHSO₂NHR^(18be),

—SO₂R^(18ae),

SO₂N(R^(18be))₂ or,

—SO₂NHC(═O)OR^(18be);

R^(17e) is selected from:

H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl,aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, or heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl);

R^(18ae) is selected from:

C₁-C₈ alkyl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), C₃-C₁₁cycloalkyl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), aryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)- optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), heteroaryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)- optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), (C₁-C₆alkyl)heteroaryl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),biaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl) optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),heteroaryl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), phenylsubstituted with 3-4 R^(19e) and optionally substituted with a bond toL_(n), naphthyl substituted with 0-4 R^(19e) and optionally substitutedwith a bond to L_(n), and a bond to L_(n), wherein said aryl orheteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 0-4 R^(19e);

R^(18be) is selected from:

R^(18ae) or H;

R^(19e) is selected from:

H, halogen, CF₃, CO₂H, CN, NO₂, NR^(11e)R^(12e), C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₂-C₆alkenyl, C₂-C₆ alkynyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl,aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, OCF₃, or C₁-C₄ alkoxycarbonyl, aryl,—O-aryl, —SO₂-aryl, heteroaryl, or —SO₂-heteroaryl, wherein said aryland heteroaryl groups may be substituted with 0-4 groups selected fromhydrogen, halogen, CF₃, C₁-C₃ alkyl, or C₁-C₃ alkoxy;

R^(20e) is selected from:

hydroxy, C₁-C₁₀ alkyloxy, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyloxy, C₆-C₁₀ aryloxy, C₇-C₁₁aralkyloxy, C₃-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₃-C₁₀alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₂-C₁₀ alkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀cycloalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀ cycloalkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy,C₅-C₁₀ cycloalkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C₇-C₁₁ aryloxycarbonylalkyloxy,C₈-C₁₂ aryloxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₈-C₁₂ arylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy,C₅-C₁₀ alkoxyalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀(5-alkyl-1,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)methyloxy, C₁₀-C₁₄(5-aryl-1,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)methyloxy, or(R^(11e))(R^(12e))N—(C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy)-;

R^(21e) is selected from: C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl,C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylmethyl, C₆-C₁₀ aryl, C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, or C₁-C₁₀ alkylsubstituted with 0-2 R^(7e);

R^(22e) is selected from:

—C(═O)—R^(18be),

—C(═O)N(R^(18be))₂,

—C(═O)NHSO₂R^(18ae),

—C(═O)NHC(═O)R^(18be),

—C(═O)NHC(═O)OR^(18ae) or,

—C(═O)NHSO₂NHR^(18be),

m^(e) is 0-2;

n^(e) is 0-4;

p^(e) is 0-2;

r^(e) is 0-2;

with the following provisos:

(1) n^(e), m^(e) and q^(e) are chosen such that the number of atomsconnecting R^(1e) and Y^(e) is in the range of 8-14;

(2) when all R^(19e) groups are H, G^(e) must be N;

(3) when G^(e) is CR^(19e), at least one R^(19e) group cannot be H.

S_(f) is a surfactant which is a lipid or a compound of the formula

A⁹ is OR²⁷;

A¹⁰ is OR²⁷;

R²⁷ is C(═O)C₁₋₁₅ alkyl;

E¹ is C₁₋₄ alkylene substituted with 1-3 R²⁸;

R²⁸ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: R³⁰,—PO₃H—R³⁰, ═O, —CO₂R²⁹, —C(═O)R²⁹, —CH₂OR²⁹, —OR²⁹, and C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R²⁹ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: R³⁰, H,C₁-C₆ alkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;

R³⁰ is a bond to L_(n);

L_(n) is a linking group having the formula:

(CR⁶R⁷)_(g)—(W)_(h)—(CR^(6a)R^(7a))_(g′)—(Z)_(k)—(W)_(h′)—(CR⁸R⁹)_(g″)—(W)_(h″)—(CR^(8a)R^(9a))_(g″′)

W is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: O, S, NH,NHC(═O), C(═O)NH, C(═O), C(═O)O, OC(═O), NHC(═S)NH, NHC(═O)NH, SO₂,(OCH₂CH₂)₂₀₋₂₀₀, (CH₂CH₂O)₂₀₋₂₀₀, (OCH₂CH₂CH₂)₂₀₋₂₀₀,(CH₂CH₂CH₂O)₂₀₋₂₀₀, and (aa)_(t′);

aa is independently at each occurrence an amino acid;

Z is selected from the group: aryl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, C₃₋₁₀cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, and a 5-10 membered heterocyclicring system containing 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S,and O and substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰;

R⁶, R^(6a), R⁷, R^(7a), R⁸, R^(8a), R⁹ and R^(9a) are independentlyselected at each occurrence from the group: H, ═O, C₁-C₅ alkylsubstituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, and C₁-C₅ alkoxy substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, anda bond to S_(f);

R¹⁰ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: a bondto S_(f), COOR¹¹, OH, NHR¹¹, C₁₋₅ alkyl substituted with 0-1 R¹², andC₁₋₅ alkoxy substituted with 0-1 R¹²;

R¹¹ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: H, arylsubstituted with 0-1 R¹², C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1 R¹²,amino acid substituted with 0-1 R¹², and a bond to S_(f);

R¹² is a bond to S_(f);

k is selected from 0, 1, and 2;

h is selected from 0, 1, and 2;

h′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

h″ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

g is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

g′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

g″ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

g″′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

s′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

s″ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

t is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

t′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

[43] In another even more preferred embodiment, the present inventionprovides a novel ultrasound contrast agent composition, comprising:

(a) a compound comprising: an quinolone that binds to the integrinα_(v)β₃, a surfactant and a linking group between the quinolone and thesurfactant;

(b) a parenterally acceptable carrier; and,

(c) an echogenic gas.

[44] In another still more preferred embodiment, the ultrasound contrastagent further comprises: 1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphotidic acid,1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphatidylcholine, andN-(methoxypolyethylene glycol 5000carbamoyl)-1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphatidylethanolamine.

[45] In another further preferred embodiment, the echogenic gas is aC₂₋₅ perfluorocarbon.

[46] In another even more preferred embodiment, the present inventionprovides a method of imaging cancer in a patient comprising: (1)administering, by injection or infusion, a ultrasound contrast agentcomposition of the present invention to a patient; and (2) imaging thepatient using sonography.

[47] In another even more preferred embodiment, the present inventionprovides a novel method of imaging formation of new blood vessels in apatient comprising: (1) administering, by injection or infusion, aultrasound contrast agent composition of the present invention to apatient; (2) imaging the area of the patient wherein the desiredformation of new blood vessels is located.

[48] In another even more preferred embodiment, the present inventionprovides a novel therapeutic radiopharmaceutical composition,comprising:

(a) a therapeutic radiopharmaceutical of the present invention; and,

(b) a parenterally acceptable carrier.

[49] In another even more preferred embodiment, the present inventionprovides a novel therapeutic radiopharmaceutical composition,comprising:

(a) a diagnostic radiopharmaceutical, a MRI contrast agent, or a X-raycontrast agent of the present invention; and,

(b) a parenterally acceptable carrier.

EMBODIMENTS

Another aspect of the present invention are diagnostic kits for thepreparation of radiopharmaceuticals useful as imaging agents for cancer.Diagnostic kits of the present invention comprise one or more vialscontaining the sterile, non-pyrogenic, formulation comprised of apredetermined amount of a reagent of the present invention, andoptionally other components such as one or two ancillary ligands,reducing agents, transfer ligands, buffers, lyophilization aids,stabilization aids, solubilization aids and bacteriostats. The inclusionof one or more optional components in the formulation will frequentlyimprove the ease of synthesis of the radiopharmaceutical by thepracticing end user, the ease of manufacturing the kit, the shelf-lifeof the kit, or the stability and shelf-life of the radiopharmaceutical.The inclusion of one or two ancillary ligands is required for diagnostickits comprising reagent comprising a hydrazine or hydrazone bondingmoiety. The one or more vials that contain all or part of theformulation can independently be in the form of a sterile solution or alyophilized solid.

Another aspect of the present invention contemplates a method of imagingcancer in a patient involving: (1) synthesizing a diagnosticradiopharmaceutical of the present invention, using a reagent of thepresent invention, capable of localizing in tumors; (2) administeringsaid radiopharmaceutical to a patient by injection or infusion; (3)imaging the patient using planar or SPECT gamma scintigraphy, orpositron emission tomography.

Another aspect of the present invention contemplates a method of imagingcancer in a patient involving: (1) administering a paramagneticmetallopharmaceutical of the present invention capable of localizing intumors to a patient by injection or infusion; and (2) imaging thepatient using magnetic resonance imaging.

Another aspect of the present invention contemplates a method of imagingcancer in a patient involving: (1) administering a X-ray contrast agentof the present invention capable of localizing in tumors to a patient byinjection or infusion; and (2) imaging the patient using X-ray computedtomography.

Another aspect of the present invention contemplates a method of imagingcancer in a patient involving: (1) administering a ultrasound contrastagent of the present invention capable of localizing in tumors to apatient by injection or infusion; and (2) imaging the patient usingsonography.

Another aspect of the present invention contemplates a method oftreating cancer in a patient involving: (1) administering a therapeuticradiopharmaceutical of the present invention capable of localizing intumors to a patient by injection or infusion.

DEFINITIONS

The compounds herein described may have asymmetric centers. Unlessotherwise indicated, all chiral, diastereomeric and racemic forms areincluded in the present invention. Many geometric isomers of olefins,C═N double bonds, and the like can also be present in the compoundsdescribed herein, and all such stable isomers are contemplated in thepresent invention. It will be appreciated that compounds of the presentinvention contain asymmetrically substituted carbon atoms, and may beisolated in optically active or racemic forms. It is well known in theart how to prepare optically active forms, such as by resolution ofracemic forms or by synthesis from optically active starting materials.Two distinct isomers (cis and trans) of the peptide bond are known tooccur; both can also be present in the compounds described herein, andall such stable isomers are contemplated in the present invention. The Dand L-isomers of a particular amino acid are designated herein using theconventional 3-letter abbreviation of the amino acid, as indicated bythe following examples: D-Leu, or L-Leu.

When any variable occurs more than one time in any substituent or in anyformula, its definition on each occurrence is independent of itsdefinition at every other occurrence. Thus, for example, if a group isshown to be substituted with 0-2 R⁵², then said group may optionally besubstituted with up to two R⁵², and R⁵² at each occurrence is selectedindependently from the defined list of possible R⁵². Also, by way ofexample, for the group —N(R⁵³)₂, each of the two R⁵³ substituents on Nis independently selected from the defined list of possible R⁵³.Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only ifsuch combinations result in stable compounds. When a bond to asubstituent is shown to cross the bond connecting two atoms in a ring,then such substituent may be bonded to any atom on the ring.

The term “nonpeptide” means preferably less than three amide bonds inthe backbone core of the targeting moiety or preferably less than threeamino acids or amino acid mimetics in the targeting moiety.

The term “metallopharmaceutical” means a pharmaceutical comprising ametal. The metal is the cause of the imageable signal in diagnosticapplications and the source of the cytotoxic radiation inradiotherapeutic applications. Radiopharmaceuticals aremetallopharmaceuticals in which the metal is a radioisotope.

By “reagent” is meant a compound of this invention capable of directtransformation into a metallopharmaceutical of this invention. Reagentsmay be utilized directly for the preparation of themetallopharmaceuticals of this invention or may be a component in a kitof this invention.

The term “binding agent” means a metallopharmaceutical of this inventionhaving affinity for and capable of binding to the vitronectin receptor.The binding agents of this invention have Ki<1000 nM.

By “stable compound” or “stable structure” is meant herein a compoundthat is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree ofpurity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficaciouspharmaceutical agent.

The term “substituted”, as used herein, means that one or more hydrogenson the designated atom or group is replaced with a selection from theindicated group, provided that the designated atom's or group's normalvalency is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a stablecompound. When a substituent is keto (i.e., ═O), then 2 hydrogens on theatom are replaced.

The term “bond”, as used herein, means either a single or double bond.

The term “salt”, as used herein, is used as defined in the CRC Handbookof Chemistry and Physics, 65th Edition, CRC Press, Boca Raton, Fla.,1984, as any substance which yields ions, other than hydrogen orhydroxyl ions. As used herein, “pharmaceutically acceptable salts” referto derivatives of the disclosed compounds modified by making acid orbase salts. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, butare not limited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues suchas amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylicacids; and the like.

The phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable” is employed herein to refer tothose compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are,within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contactwith the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity,irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication,commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.

As used herein, “pharmaceutically acceptable salts” refer to derivativesof the disclosed compounds wherein the parent compound is modified bymaking acid or base salts thereof. Examples of pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organicacid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts ofacidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like. Thepharmaceutically acceptable salts include the conventional non-toxicsalts or the quaternary ammonium salts of the parent compound formed,for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids. For example,such conventional non-toxic salts include those derived from inorganicacids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric,nitric and the like; and the salts prepared from organic acids such asacetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, tartaric,citric, ascorbic, pamoic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic,benzoic, salicylic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, fumaric,toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, isethionic,and the like.

The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention can besynthesized from the parent compound which contains a basic or acidicmoiety by conventional chemical methods. Generally, such salts can beprepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds witha stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or inan organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, nonaqueousmedia like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrileare preferred. Lists of suitable salts are found in Remington'sPharmaceutical Sciences, 17th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa.,1985, p. 1418, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated byreference.

As used herein, “alkyl” is intended to include both branched andstraight-chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having thespecified number of carbon atoms, examples of which include, but are notlimited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, i-butyl,sec-butyl, t-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, and decyl;“cycloalkyl” or “carbocycle” is intended to include saturated andpartially unsaturated ring groups, including mono-, bi- or poly-cyclicring systems, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl,cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl and adamantyl; “bicycloalkyl” or “bicyclic” isintended to include saturated bicyclic ring groups such as[3.3.0]bicyclooctane, [4.3.0]bicyclononane, [4.4.0]bicyclodecane(decalin), [2.2.2]bicyclooctane, and so forth.

As used herein, the term “alkene” or “alkenyl” is intended to includehydrocarbon chains having the specified umber of carbon atoms of eithera straight or branched configuration and one or more unsaturatedcarbon-carbon bonds which may occur in any stable point along the chain,such as ethenyl, propenyl, and the like.

As used herein, the term “alkyne” or “alkynyl” is intended to includehydrocarbon chains having the specified umber of carbon atoms of eithera straight or branched configuration and one or more unsaturatedcarbon-carbon triple bonds which may occur in any stable point along thechain, such as propargyl, and the like.

As used herein, “aryl” or “aromatic residue,” is intended to mean phenylor naphthyl, which when substituted, the substitution can be at anyposition.

As used herein, the term “heterocycle” or “heterocyclic system” isintended to mean a stable 5- to 7-membered monocyclic or bicyclic or 7-to 10-membered bicyclic heterocyclic ring which is saturated partiallyunsaturated or unsaturated (aromatic), and which consists of carbonatoms and from 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from the groupconsisting of N, O and S and including any bicyclic group in which anyof the above-defined heterocyclic rings is fused to a benzene ring. Thenitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized. Theheterocyclic ring may be attached to its pendant group at any heteroatomor carbon atom which results in a stable structure. The heterocyclicrings described herein may be substituted on carbon or on a nitrogenatom if the resulting compound is stable. If specifically noted, anitrogen in the heterocycle may optionally be quaternized. It ispreferred that when the total number of S and O atoms in the heterocycleexceeds 1, then these heteroatoms are not adjacent to one another. It ispreferred that the total number of S and O atoms in the heterocycle isnot more than 1. As used herein, the term “aromatic heterocyclic system”is intended to mean a stable 5- to 7-membered monocyclic or bicyclic or7- to 10-membered bicyclic heterocyclic aromatic ring which consists ofcarbon atoms and from 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from thegroup consisting of N, O and S. It is preferred that the total number ofS and O atoms in the aromatic heterocycle is not more than 1.

Examples of heterocycles include, but are not limited to, 1H-indazole,2-pyrrolidonyl, 2H,6H-1,5,2-dithiazinyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, 3H-indolyl,4-piperidonyl, 4aH-carbazole, 4H-quinolizinyl, 6H-1,2,5-thiadiazinyl,acridinyl, azocinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiofuranyl,benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benztriazolyl,benztetrazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzimidazalonyl,carbazolyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, β-carbolinyl, chromanyl, chromenyl,cinnolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, 2H,6H-1,5,2-dithiazinyl, dihydrofuro[2,3-b]tetrahydrofuran, furanyl, furazanyl, imidazolidinyl,imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, 1H-indazolyl, indolenyl, indolinyl,indolizinyl, indolyl, isobenzofuranyl, isochromanyl, isoindazolyl,isoindolinyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl,morpholinyl, naphthyridinyl, octahydroisoquinolinyl, oxadiazolyl,1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl,1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, oxazolidinyl., oxazolyl, oxazolidinylperimidinyl,phenanthridinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenarsazinyl, phenazinyl,phenothiazinyl, phenoxathiinyl, phenoxazinyl, phthalazinyl, piperazinyl,piperidinyl, pteridinyl, piperidonyl, 4-piperidonyl, pteridinyl,purinyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolyl,pyridazinyl, pyridooxazole, pyridoimidazole, pyridothiazole, pyridinyl,pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolyl, quinazolinyl,quinolinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinuclidinyl, carbolinyl,tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl,6H-1,2,5-thiadiazinyl, 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl,1,2,5-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, thianthrenyl, thiazolyl,thienyl, thienothiazolyl, thienooxazolyl, thienoimidazolyl, thiophenyl,triazinyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, 1,2,5-triazolyl,1,3,4-triazolyl, xanthenyl. Preferred heterocycles include, but are notlimited to, pyridinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl,imidazolyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, 1H-indazolyl, oxazolidinyl,benzotriazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, oxindolyl, benzoxazolinyl, or isatinoyl.Also included are fused ring and spiro compounds containing, forexample, the above heterocycles.

As used herein, the term “alkaryl” means an aryl group bearing an alkylgroup of 1-10 carbon atoms; the term “aralkyl” means an alkyl group of1-10 carbon atoms bearing an aryl group; the term “arylalkaryl” means anaryl group bearing an alkyl group of 1-10 carbon atoms bearing an arylgroup; and the term “heterocycloalkyl” means an alkyl group of 1-10carbon atoms bearing a heterocycle.

A “polyalkylene glycol” is a polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycolor polybutylene glycol having a molecular weight of less than about5000, terminating in either a hydroxy or alkyl ether moiety.

A “carbohydrate” is a polyhydroxy aldehyde, ketone, alcohol or acid, orderivatives thereof, including polymers thereof having polymericlinkages of the acetal type.

A “cyclodextrin” is a cyclic oligosaccharide. Examples of cyclodextrinsinclude, but are not limited to, α-cyclodextrin,hydroxyethyl-α-cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl-α-cyclodextrin,β-cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrin,carboxymethyl-β-cyclodextrin, dihydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrin,hydroxyethyl-β-cyclodextrin, 2,6 di-O-methyl-β-cyclodextrin,sulfated-β-cyclodextrin, γ-cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl-γ-cyclodextrin,dihydroxypropyl-γ-cyclodextrin, hydroxyethyl-γ-cyclodextrin, andsulfated γ-cyclodextrin.

As used herein, the term “polycarboxyalkyl” means an alkyl group havingbetween two and about 100 carbon atoms and a plurality of carboxylsubstituents; and the term “polyazaalkyl” means a linear or branchedalkyl group having between two and about 100 carbon atoms, interruptedby or substituted with a plurality of amine groups.

A “reducing agent” is a compound that reacts with a radionuclide, whichis typically obtained as a relatively unreactive, high oxidation statecompound, to lower its oxidation state by transferring electron(s) tothe radionuclide, thereby making it more reactive. Reducing agentsuseful in the preparation of radiopharmaceuticals and in diagnostic kitsuseful for the preparation of said radiopharmaceuticals include but arenot limited to stannous chloride, stannous fluoride, formamidinesulfinic acid, ascorbic acid, cysteine, phosphines, and cuprous orferrous salts. Other reducing agents are described in Brodack et. al.,PCT Application 94/22496, which is incorporated herein by reference.

A “transfer ligand” is a ligand that forms an intermediate complex witha metal ion that is stable enough to prevent unwanted side-reactions butlabile enough to be converted to a metallopharmaceutical. The formationof the intermediate complex is kinetically favored while the formationof the metallopharmaceutical is thermodynamically favored. Transferligands useful in the preparation of metallopharmaceuticals and indiagnostic kits useful for the preparation of diagnosticradiopharmaceuticals include but are not limited to gluconate,glucoheptonate, mannitol, glucarate,N,N,N′,N′-ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, pyrophosphate andmethylenediphosphonate. In general, transfer ligands are comprised ofoxygen or nitrogen donor atoms.

The term “donor atom” refers to the atom directly attached to a metal bya chemical bond.

“Ancillary” or “co-ligands” are ligands that are incorporated into aradiopharmaceutical during its synthesis. They serve to complete thecoordination sphere of the radionuclide together with the chelator orradionuclide bonding unit of the reagent. For radiopharmaceuticalscomprised of a binary ligand system, the radionuclide coordinationsphere is composed of one or more chelators or bonding units from one ormore reagents and one or more ancillary or co-ligands, provided thatthere are a total of two types of ligands, chelators or bonding units.For example, a radiopharmaceutical comprised of one chelator or bondingunit from one reagent and two of the same ancillary or co-ligands and aradiopharmaceutical comprised of two chelators or bonding units from oneor two reagents and one ancillary or co-ligand are both considered to becomprised of binary ligand systems. For radiopharmaceuticals comprisedof a ternary ligand system, the radionuclide coordination sphere iscomposed of one or more chelators or bonding units from one or morereagents and one or more of two different types of ancillary orco-ligands, provided that there are a total of three types of ligands,chelators or bonding units. For example, a radiopharmaceutical comprisedof one chelator or bonding unit from one reagent and two differentancillary or co-ligands is considered to be comprised of a ternaryligand system.

Ancillary or co-ligands useful in the preparation ofradiopharmaceuticals and in diagnostic kits useful for the preparationof said radiopharmaceuticals are comprised of one or more oxygen,nitrogen, carbon, sulfur, phosphorus, arsenic, selenium, and telluriumdonor atoms. A ligand can be a transfer ligand in the synthesis of aradiopharmaceutical and also serve as an ancillary or co-ligand inanother radiopharmaceutical. Whether a ligand is termed a transfer orancillary or co-ligand depends on whether the ligand remains in theradionuclide coordination sphere in the radiopharmaceutical, which isdetermined by the coordination chemistry of the radionuclide and thechelator or bonding unit of the reagent or reagents.

A “chelator” or “bonding unit” is the moiety or group on a reagent thatbinds to a metal ion through the formation of chemical bonds with one ormore donor atoms.

The term “binding site” means the site in vivo or in vitro that binds abiologically active molecule.

A “diagnostic kit” or “kit” comprises a collection of components, termedthe formulation, in one or more vials which are used by the practicingend user in a clinical or pharmacy setting to synthesize diagnosticradiopharmaceuticals. The kit provides all the requisite components tosynthesize and use the diagnostic radiopharmaceutical except those thatare commonly available to the practicing end user, such as water orsaline for injection, a solution of the radionuclide, equipment forheating the kit during the synthesis of the radiopharmaceutical, ifrequired, equipment necessary for administering the radiopharmaceuticalto the patient such as syringes and shielding, and imaging equipment.

Therapeutic radiopharmaceuticals, X-ray contrast agent pharmaceuticals,ultrasound contrast agent pharmaceuticals and metallopharmaceuticals formagnetic resonance imaging contrast are provided to the end user intheir final form in a formulation contained typically in one vial, aseither a lyophilized solid or an aqueous solution. The end userreconstitutes the lyophilized with water or saline and withdraws thepatient dose or just withdraws the dose from the aqueous solutionformulation as provided.

A “lyophilization aid” is a component that has favorable physicalproperties for lyophilization, such as the glass transition temperature,and is added to the formulation to improve the physical properties ofthe combination of all the components of the formulation forlyophilization.

A “stabilization aid” is a component that is added to themetallopharmaceutical or to the diagnostic kit either to stabilize themetallopharmaceutical or to prolong the shelf-life of the kit before itmust be used.

Stabilization aids can be antioxidants, reducing agents or radicalscavengers and can provide improved stability by reacting preferentiallywith species that degrade other components or the metallopharmaceutical.

A “solubilization aid” is a component that improves the solubility ofone or more other components in the medium required for the formulation.

A “bacteriostat” is a component that inhibits the growth of bacteria ina formulation either during its storage before use of after a diagnostickit is used to synthesize a radiopharmaceutical.

The following abbreviations are used herein:

Acm acetamidomethyl b-Ala, 3-aminopropionic acid beta-Ala or bAla ATA2-aminothiazole-5-acetic acid or 2- aminothiazole-5-acetyl group Boct-butyloxycarbonyl CBZ, Cbz or Z Carbobenzyloxy Cit citrulline Dap2,3-diaminopropionic acid DCC dicyclohexylcarbodiimide DIEAdiisopropylethylamine DMAP 4-dimethylaminopyridine EOE ethoxyethyl HBTU2-(1H-Benzotriazol-1-yl)-1,1,3,3- tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphatehynic boc-hydrazinonicotinyl group or 2-[[[5-[carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]hydrazono]methyl]- benzenesulfonic acid, NMeArgor MeArg a-N-methyl arginine NMeAsp a-N-methyl aspartic acid NMMN-methylmorpholine OcHex O-cyclohexyl OBzl O-benzyl oSu O-succinimidylTBTU 2-(1H-Benzotriazol-1-yl)-1,1,3,3- tetramethyluroniumtetrafluoroborate THF tetrahydrofuranyl THP tetrahydropyranyl Tos tosylTr trityl

The following conventional three-letter amino acid abbreviations areused herein; the conventional one-letter amino acid abbreviations areNOT used herein:

Ala = alanine Arg = arginine Asn = asparagine Asp = aspartic acid Cys =cysteine Gln = glutamine Glu = glutamic acid Gly = glycine His =histidine Ile = isoleucine Leu = leucine Lys = lysine Met = methionineNle = norleucine Orn = ornithine Phe = phenylalanine Phg = phenylglycinePro = proline Sar = sarcosine Ser = serine Thr = threonine Trp =tryptophan Tyr = tyrosine Val = valine

As used herein, the term “bubbles”, as used herein, refers to vesicleswhich are generally characterized by the presence of one or moremembranes or walls surrounding an internal void that is filled with agas or precursor thereto. Exemplary bubbles include, for example,liposomes, micelles and the like.

As used herein, the term “lipid” refers to a synthetic ornaturally-occurring amphipathic compound which comprises a hydrophiliccomponent and a hydrophobic component. Lipids include, for example,fatty acids, neutral fats, phosphatides, glycolipids, aliphatic alcholsand waxes, terpenes and steroids.

As used herein, the term “lipid composition” refers to a compositionwhich comprises a lipid compound. Exemplary lipid compositions includesuspensions, emulsions and vesicular compositions.

As used herein, the term “lipid formulation” refers to a compositionwhich comprises a lipid compound and a bioactive agent.

As used herein, the term “vesicle” refers to a spherical entity which ischaracterized by the presence of an internal void. Preferred vesiclesare formulated from lipids, including the various lipids describedherein. In any given vesicle, the lipids may be in the form of amonolayer or bilayer, and the mono- or bilayer lipids may be used toform one of more mono- or bilayers. In the case of more than one mono-or bilayer, the mono- or bilayers are generally concentric. The lipidvesicles described herein include such entities commonly referred to asliposomes, micelles, bubbles, microbubbles, microspheres and the like.Thus, the lipids may be used to form a unilamellar vesicle (comprised ofone monolayer or bilayer), an oligolamellar vesicle (comprised of abouttwo or about three monolayers or bilayers) or a multilamellar vesicle(comprised of more than about three monolayers or bilayers). Theinternal void of the vesicles may be filled with a liquid, including,for example, an aqueous liquid, a gas, a gaseous precursor, and/or asolid or solute material, including, for example, a bioactive agent, asdesired.

As used herein, the term “vesicular composition” refers to a compositionwhich is formulate from lipids and which comprises vesicles.

As used herein, the term “vesicle formulation” refers to a compositionwhich comprises vesicles and a bioactive agent.

As used herein, the term “lipsomes” refers to a generally sphericalcluster or aggregate of amphipathic compounds, including lipidcompounds, typically in the form of one or more concentric layers, forexample, bilayers. They may also be referred to herein as lipidvesicles.

Angiogenesis is the process of formation of new capillary blood vesselsfrom existing vasculature. It is an important component of a variety ofphysiological processes including ovulation, embryonic development,wound repair, and collateral vascular generation in the myocardium. Itis also central to a number of pathological conditions such as tumorgrowth and metastasis, diabetic retinopathy, and macular degeneration.The process begins with the activation of existing vascular endothelialcells in response to a variety of cytokines and growth factors. Theactivated endothelial cells secrete enzymes that degrade the basementmembrane of the vessels. The endothelial cells then proliferate andmigrate into the extracellular matrix first forming tubules andsubsequently new blood vessels.

Under normal conditions, endothelial cell proliferation is a very slowprocess, but it increases for a short period of time duringembryogenesis, ovulation and wound healing. This temporary increase incell turnover is governed by a combination of a number of growthstimulatory factors and growth suppressing factors. In pathologicalangiogenesis, this normal balance is disrupted resulting in continuedincreased endothelial cell proliferation. Some of the pro-angiogenicfactors that have been identified include basic fibroblast growth factor(bFGF), angiogenin, TGF-alpha, TGF-beta, and vascular endothelium growthfactor (VEGF), while interferon-alpha, interferon-beta andthrombospondin are examples of angiogenesis suppressors.

Angiogenic factors interact with endothelial cell surface receptors suchas the receptor tyrosine kinases EGFR, FGFR, PDGFR, Flk-1/KDR, Flt-1,Tek, Tie, neuropilin-1, endoglin, endosialin, and Axl. The receptorsFlk-1/KDR, neuropilin-1, and Flt-1 recognize VEGF and these interactionsplay key roles in VEGF-induced angiogenesis. The Tie subfamily ofreceptor tyrosine kinases are also expressed prominently during bloodvessel formation.

The proliferation and migration of endothelial cells in theextracellular matrix is mediated by interaction with a variety of celladhesion molecules. Integrins are a diverse family of heterodimeric cellsurface receptors by which endothelial cells attach to the extracellularmatrix, each other and other cells. Angiogenesis induced by bFGF orTNF-alpha depend on the agency of the integrin avb3, while angiogenesisinduced by VEGF depends on the integrin avb5 (Cheresh et. al., Science,1995, 270, 1500-2). Induction of expression of the integrins a1b1 anda2b1 on the endothelial cell surface is another important mechanism bywhich VEGF promotes angiogenesis (Senger, et. al., Proc. Natl. Acad, SciUSA, 1997, 94, 13612-7).

The pharmaceuticals of the present invention are comprised of anon-peptide targeting moiety for the vitronectin receptor that isexpressed or upregulated in angiogenic tumor vasculature.

The ultrasound contrast agents of the present invention comprise aplurality of vitronectin receptor targeting moieties attached to orincorporated into a microbubble of a biocompatible gas, a liquidcarrier, and a surfactant microsphere, further comprising an optionallinking moiety, L_(n), between the targeting moieties and themicrobubble. In this context, the term liquid carrier means aqueoussolution and the term surfactant means any amphiphilic material whichproduces a reduction in interfacial tension in a solution. A list ofsuitable surfactants for forming surfactant microspheres is disclosed inEP0727225A2, herein incorporated by reference. The term surfactantmicrosphere includes nanospheres, liposomes, vesicles and the like. Thebiocompatible gas can be air, or a fluorocarbon, such as a C₃-C₅perfluoroalkane, which provides the difference in echogenicity and thusthe contrast in ultrasound imaging. The gas is encapsulated or containedin the microsphere to which is attached the biodirecting group,optionally via a linking group. The attachment can be covalent, ionic orby van der Waals forces. Specific examples of such contrast agentsinclude lipid encapsulated perfluorocarbons with a plurality of tumorneovasculature receptor binding peptides, polypeptides orpeptidomimetics.

X-ray contrast agents of the present invention are comprised of one ormore vitronectin receptor targeting moieties attached to one or moreX-ray absorbing or “heavy” atoms of atomic number 20 or greater, furthercomprising an optional linking moiety, L_(n), between the targetingmoieties and the X-ray absorbing atoms. The frequently used heavy atomin X-ray contrast agents is iodine. Recently, X-ray contrast agentscomprised of metal chelates (Wallace, R., U.S. Pat. No. 5,417,959) andpolychelates comprised of a plurality of metal ions (Love, D., U.S. Pat.No. 5,679,810) have been disclosed. More recently, multinuclear clustercomplexes have been disclosed as X-ray contrast agents (U.S. Pat. No.5,804,161, PCT WO91/14460, and PCT WO 92/17215).

MRI contrast agents of the present invention are comprised of one ormore vitronectin receptor targeting moieties attached to one or moreparamagnetic metal ions, further comprising an optional linking moiety,L_(n), between the targeting moieties and the paramagnetic metal ions.The paramagnetic metal ions are present in the form of metal complexesor metal oxide particles. U.S. Pat. No. 5,412,148, and 5,760,191,describe examples of chelators for paramagnetic metal ions for use inMRI contrast agents. U.S. Pat. No. 5,801,228, U.S. Pat. No. 5,567,411,and U.S. Pat. No. 5,281,704, describe examples of polychelants usefulfor complexing more than one paramagnetic metal ion for use in MRIcontrast agents. U.S. Pat. No. 5,520,904, describes particulatecompositions comprised of paramagnetic metal ions for use as MRIcontrast agents.

The pharmaceuticals of the present invention have the formulae,(Q)_(d)—L_(n)—(C_(h)—X), (Q)_(d)—L_(n)—(C_(h)—X¹)_(d′),(Q)_(d)—L_(n)—(X²)_(d″), and (Q)_(d)—L_(n)—(X³), wherein Q represents anon-peptide that binds to a receptor expressed in angiogenic tumorvasculature, d is 1-10, L_(n) represents an optional linking group,C_(h) represents a metal chelator or bonding moiety, X represents aradioisotope, X¹ represents paramagnetic metal ion, X² represents aparamagnetic metal ion or heavy atom containing insoluble solidparticle, d″ is 1-100, and X³ represents a surfactant microsphere of anechogenic gas. The interaction of the non-peptide recognition sequencesof the vitronectin receptor binding portion of the pharmaceuticals withthe α_(v)β₃ receptor results in localization of the pharmaceuticals inangiogenic tumor vasculature, which express the α_(v)β₃ receptor.

The pharmaceuticals of the present invention can be synthesized byseveral approaches. One approach involves the synthesis of the targetingnon-peptide moiety, Q, and direct attachment of one or more moieties, Q,to one or ore metal chelators or bonding moieties, C_(h), or to aparamagnetic metal ion or heavy atom containing solid particle, or to anechogenic gas microbubble. Another approach involves the attachment ofone or more moieties, Q, to the linking group, L_(n), which is thenattached to one or more metal chelators or bonding moieties, C_(h), orto a paramagnetic metal ion or heavy atom containing solid particle, orto an echogenic gas microbubble. Another approach involves the synthesisof a non-peptide, Q, bearing a fragment of the linking group, L_(n), oneor more of which are then attached to the remainder of the linking groupand then to one or more metal chelators or bonding moieties, C_(h), orto a paramagnetic metal ion or heavy atom containing solid particle, orto an echogenic gas microbubble.

The non-peptide vitronectin binding moieties, Q, optionally bearing alinking group, L_(n), or a fragment of the linking group, can besynthesized using standard synthetic methods known to those skilled inthe art. Preferred methods include but are not limited to those methodsdescribed below.

The attachment of linking groups, L_(n), to the non-peptides, Q;chelators or bonding units, C_(h), to the non-peptides, Q, or to thelinking groups, L_(n); and non-peptides, bearing a fragment of thelinking group to the remainder of the linking group, in combinationforming the moiety, (Q)_(d)−L_(n), and then to the moiety C_(h); can allbe performed by standard techniques. These include, but are not limitedto, amidation, esterification, alkylation, and the formation of ureas orthioureas. Procedures for performing these attachments can be found inBrinkley, M., Bioconjugate Chemistry 1992, 3(1), which is incorporatedherein by reference.

A number of methods can be used to attach the non-peptides, Q, toparamagnetic metal ion or heavy atom containing solid particles, X², byone of skill in the art of the surface modification of solid particles.In general, the targeting moiety Q or the combination (Q)_(d)L_(n) isattached to a coupling group that react with a constituent of thesurface of the solid particle. The coupling groups can be any of anumber of silanes which react with surface hydroxyl groups on the solidparticle surface, as described in U.S. application Ser. No. 60/092,360,and can also include polyphosphonates, polycarboxylates, polyphosphatesor mixtures thereof which couple with the surface of the solidparticles, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,520,904.

A number of reaction schemes can be used to attach the non-peptides, Q,to the surfactant microsphere, X³. These are illustrated in followingreaction schemes where S_(f) represents a surfactant moiety that formsthe surfactant microsphere.

Acylation Reaction:

Y is a leaving group or active ester

Disulfide Coupling:

Sulfonamide Coupling:

Reductive Amidation:

In these reaction schemes, the substituents S_(f) and Q can be reversedas well.

The linking group L_(n) can serve several roles. First it provides aspacing group between the metal chelator or bonding moiety, C_(h), theparamagnetic metal ion or heavy atom containing solid particle, X², andthe surfactant microsphere, X³, and the one or more of the non-peptides,Q, so as to minimize the possibility that the moieties C_(h—X, C)_(h)—X¹, X², and X³, will interfere with the interaction of therecognition sequences of Q with angiogenic tumor vasculature receptors.The necessity of incorporating a linking group in a reagent is dependenton the identity of Q, C_(h)—X, C_(h)—X¹, X², and X³. If C_(h)—X,C_(h)—X¹, X², and X³, cannot be attached to Q without substantiallydiminishing its affinity for the receptors, then a linking group isused. A linking group also provides a means of independently attachingmultiple non-peptides, Q, to one group that is attached to C_(h)—X,C_(h)—X¹, X², or X³.

The linking group also provides a means of incorporating apharmacokinetic modifier into the pharmaceuticals of the presentinvention. The pharmacokinetic modifier serves to direct thebiodistibution of the injected pharmaceutical other than by theinteraction of the targeting moieties, Q, with the vitronectin receptorsexpressed in the tumor neovasculature. A wide variety of functionalgroups can serve as pharmacokinetic modifiers, including, but notlimited to, carbohydrates, polyalkylene glycols, peptides or otherpolyamino acids, and cyclodextrins. The modifiers can be used to enhanceor decrease hydrophilicity and to enhance or decrease the rate of bloodclearance. The modifiers can also be used to direct the route ofelimination of the pharmaceuticals. Preferred pharmacokinetic modifiersare those that result in moderate to fast blood clearance and enhancedrenal excretion.

The metal chelator or bonding moiety, C_(h), is selected to form stablecomplexes with the metal ion chosen for the particular application.Chelators or bonding moieties for diagnostic radiopharmaceuticals areselected to form stable complexes with the radioisotopes that haveimageable gamma ray or positron emissions, such as ^(99m)Tc, ⁹⁵Tc,¹¹¹In, ⁶²Cu, ⁶⁰Cu, ⁶⁴Cu, ⁶⁷Ga, ⁶⁸Ga, ⁸⁶Y.

Chelators for technetium, copper and gallium isotopes are selected fromdiaminedithiols, monoamine-monoamidedithiols, triamide-monothiols,monoamine-diamide-monothiols, diaminedioximes, and hydrazines. Thechelators-are generally tetradentate with donor atoms selected fromnitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. Preferred reagents are comprised ofchelators having amine nitrogen and thiol sulfur donor atoms andhydrazine bonding units. The thiol sulfur atoms and the hydrazines maybear a protecting group which can be displaced either prior to using thereagent to synthesize a radiopharmaceutical or preferably in situ duringthe synthesis of the radiopharmaceutical.

Exemplary thiol protecting groups include those listed in Greene andWuts, “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis” John Wiley & Sons, NewYork (1991), the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated byreference. Any thiol protecting group known in the art can be used.Examples of thiol protecting groups include, but are not limited to, thefollowing: acetamidomethyl, benzamidomethyl, 1-ethoxyethyl, benzoyl, andtriphenylmethyl.

Exemplary protecting groups for hydrazine bonding units are hydrazoneswhich can be aldehyde or ketone hydrazones having substituents selectedfrom hydrogen, alkyl, aryl and heterocycle. Particularly preferredhydrazones are described in co-pending U.S. Ser. No. 08/476,296 (nowU.S. Pat. No. 5,750,088) the disclosure of which incorporated byreference in its entirely.

The hydrazine bonding unit when bound to a metal radionuclide is termeda hydrazido, or diazenido group and serves as the point of attachment ofthe radionuclide to the remainder of the radiopharmaceutical. Adiazenido group can be either terminal (only one atom of the group isbound to the radionuclide) or chelating. In order to have a chelatingdiazenido group at least one other atom of the group must also be boundto the radionuclide. The atoms bound to the metal are termed donoratoms.

Chelators for ¹¹¹In and ⁸⁶Y are selected from cyclic and acyclicpolyaminocarboxylates such as DTPA, DOTA, DO3A, 2-benzyl-DOTA,alpha-(2-phenethyl)1,4,7,10-tetraazazcyclododecane-1-acetic-4,7,10-tris(methylacetic)acid,2-benzyl-cyclohexyldiethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid,2-benzyl-6-methyl-DTPA, and6,6″-bis(N,N,N″,N″-tetra(carboxymethyl)aminomethyl)-4′-(3-amino-4-methoxyphenyl)-2,2′:6′,2″-terpyridine.Procedures for synthesizing these chelators that are not commerciallyavailable can be found in Brechbiel, M. and Gansow, O., J. Chem. Soc.Perkin Trans. 1992, 1, 1175; Brechbiel, M. and Gansow, O., BioconjugateChem. 1991, 2, 187; Deshpande, S., et. al., J. Nucl. Med. 1990, 31, 473;Kruper, J., U.S. Pat. No. 5,064,956, and Toner, J., U.S. Pat. No.4,859,777, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by referencein their entirety.

The coordination sphere of metal ion includes all the ligands or groupsbound to the metal. For a transition metal radionuclide to be stable ittypically has a coordination number (number of donor atoms) comprised ofan integer greater than or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 8; thatis there are 4 to 8 atoms bound to the metal and it is said to have acomplete coordination sphere. The requisite coordination number for astable radionuclide complex is determined by the identity of theradionuclide, its oxidation state, and the type of donor atoms. If thechelator or bonding unit does not provide all of the atoms necessary tostabilize the metal radionuclide by completing its coordination sphere,the coordination sphere is completed by donor atoms from other ligands,termed ancillary or co-ligands, which can also be either terminal orchelating.

A large number of ligands can serve as ancillary or co-ligands,the.choice of which is determined by a variety of considerations such asthe ease of synthesis of the radiopharmaceutical, the chemical andphysical properties of the ancillary ligand, the rate of formation, theyield, and the number of isomeric forms of the resultingradiopharmaceuticals, the ability to administer said ancillary orco-ligand to a patient without adverse physiological consequences tosaid patient, and the compatibility of the ligand in a lyophilized kitformulation. The charge and lipophilicity of the ancillary ligand willeffect the charge and lipophilicity of the radiopharmaceuticals. Forexample, the use of 4,5-dihydroxy-1,3-benzene disulfonate results inradiopharmaceuticals with an additional two anionic groups because thesulfonate groups will be anionic under physiological conditions. The useof N-alkyl substituted 3,4-hydroxypyridinones results inradiopharmaceuticals with varying degrees of lipophilicity depending onthe size of the alkyl substituents.

Preferred technetium radiopharmaceuticals of the present invention arecomprised of a hydrazido or diazenido bonding unit and an ancillaryligand, A_(L1), or a bonding unit and two types of ancillary A_(L1) andA_(L2), or a tetradentate chelator comprised of two nitrogen and twosulfur atoms. Ancillary ligands A_(L1) are comprised of two or more harddonor atoms such as oxygen and amine nitrogen (sp³ hybridized). Thedonor atoms occupy at least two of the sites in the coordination sphereof the radionuclide metal; the ancillary ligand A_(L1) serves as one ofthe three ligands in the ternary ligand system. Examples of ancillaryligands A_(L1) include but are not limited to dioxygen ligands andfunctionalized aminocarboxylates. A large number of such ligands areavailable from commercial sources.

Ancillary dioxygen ligands include ligands that coordinate to the metalion through at least two oxygen donor atoms. Examples include but arenot limited to: glucoheptonate, gluconate, 2-hydroxyisobutyrate,lactate, tartrate, mannitol, glucarate, maltol, Kojic acid,2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)propionic acid, 4,5-dihydroxy-1,3-benzenedisulfonate, or substituted or unsubstituted 1,2 or 3,4hydroxypyridinones. (The names or the ligands in these examples refer toeither the protonated or non-protonated forms of the ligands.)

Functionalized aminocarboxylates include ligands that have a combinationof amine nitrogen and oxygen donor toms. Examples include but are notlimited to: iminodiacetic acid, 2,3-diaminopropionic acid,nitrilotriacetic acid, N,N′-ethylenediamine diacetic acid,N,N,N′-ethylenediamine triacetic acid, hydroxyethylethylenediaminetriacetic acid, and N,N′-ethylenediamine bis-hydroxyphenylglycine. (Thenames for the ligands in these examples refer to either the protonatedor non-protonated forms of the ligands.)

A series of functionalized aminocarboxylates are disclosed by Bridgeret. al. in U.S. Pat. No. 5,350,837, herein incorporated by reference,that result in improved rates of formation of technetium labeledhydrazino modified proteins. We have determined that certain of theseaminocarboxylates result in improved yields of the radiopharmaceuticalsof the present invention. The preferred ancillary ligands A_(L1)functionalized aminocarboxylates that are derivatives of glycine; themost preferred is tricine (tris(hydroxymethyl)methylglycine).

The most preferred technetium radiopharmaceuticals of the presentinvention are comprised of a hydrazido or diazenido bonding unit and twotypes of ancillary designated A_(L1) and A_(L2), or a diaminedithiolchelator. The second type of ancillary ligands A_(L2) are comprised ofone or more soft donor atoms selected from the group: phosphinephosphorus, arsine arsenic, imine nitrogen (sp² hybridized), sulfur (sp²hybridized) and carbon (sp hybridized); atoms which have p-acidcharacter. Ligands A_(L2) can be monodentate, bidentate or trdentate,the denticity is defined by the number of donor atoms in the ligand. Oneof the two donor atoms in a bidentate ligand and one of the three donoratoms in a tridentate ligand must be a soft donor atom. We havedisclosed in co-pending U.S. Ser. No. 08/415,908 (now U.S. Pat. No.5,744,120), and U.S. Ser. No. 60/013360 and U.S. Ser. No. 08/646,886(and corresponding International Publication No. WO 97/33627), thedisclosures of which are herein incorporated by reference in theirentirety, that radiopharmaceuticals comprised of one or more ancillaryor co-ligands A_(L2) are more stable compared to radiopharmaceuticalsthat are not comprised of one or more ancillary ligands, A_(L2); thatis, they have a minimal number of isomeric forms, the relative ratios ofwhich do not change significantly with time, and that remainsubstantially intact upon dilution.

The ligands A_(L2) that are comprised of phosphine or arsine donor atomsare trisubstituted phosphines, trisubstituted arsines, tetrasubstituteddiphosphines and tetrasubstituted diarsines. The ligands A_(L2) that arecomprised of imine nitrogen are unsaturated or aromaticnitrogen-containing, 5 or 6-membered heterocycles. The ligands that arecomprised of sulfur (sp² hybridized) donor atoms are thiocarbonyls,comprised of the moiety C═S. The ligands comprised of carbon (sphybridized) donor atoms are isonitriles, comprised of the moiety CNR,where R is an organic radical. A large number of such ligands areavailable from commercial sources. Isonitriles can be synthesized asdescribed in European Patent 0107734 and in U.S. Pat. No. 4,988,827,herein incorporated by reference.

Preferred ancillary ligands A_(L2) are trisubstituted phosphines andunsaturated or aromatic 5 or 6 membered heterocycles. The most preferredancillary ligands A_(L2) are trisubstituted phosphines and unsaturated 5membered heterocycles.

The ancillary ligands A_(L2) may be substituted with alkyl, aryl,alkoxy, heterocycle, aralkyl, alkaryl and arylalkaryl groups and may ormay not bear functional groups comprised of heteroatoms such as oxygen,nitrogen, phosphorus or sulfur. Examples of such functional groupsinclude but are not limited to: hydroxyl, carboxyl, carboxamide, nitro,ether, ketone, amino, ammonium, sulfonate, sulfonamide, phosphonate, andphosphonamide. The functional groups may be chosen to alter thelipophilicity and water solubility of the ligands which may affect thebiological properties of the radiopharmaceuticals, such as altering thedistribution into non-target tissues, cells or fluids, and the mechanismand rate of elimination from the body.

Chelators or bonding moieties for therapeutic radiopharmaceuticals areselected to form stable complexes with the radioisotopes that have alphaparticle, beta particle, Auger or Coster-Kronig electron emissions, suchas ¹⁸⁶Re, ¹⁸⁸Re, ¹⁵³Sm, ¹⁶⁶Ho, ¹⁷⁷Lu, ¹⁴⁹Pm, ⁹⁰Y, ²¹²Bi, ¹⁰³Pd, ¹⁰⁹Pd,¹⁵⁹Gd, ¹⁴⁰La, ¹⁹⁸Au, ¹⁹⁹Au, ¹⁶⁹Yb, ¹⁷⁵Yb, ¹⁶⁵Dy, ¹⁶⁶Dy, ⁶⁷Cu, ¹⁰⁵Rh,¹¹¹Ag, and ¹⁹²Ir. Chelators for rhenium, copper, palladium, platinum,iridium, rhodium, silver and gold isotopes are selected fromdiaminedithiols, monoamine-monoamidedithiols, triamide-monothiols,monoamine-diamide-monothiols, diaminedioximes, and hydrazines. Chelatorsfor yttrium, bismuth, and the lanthanide isotopes are selected fromcyclic and acyclic polyaminocarboxylates such as DTPA, DOTA, DO3A,2-benzyl-DOTA,alpha-(2-phenethyl)1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecane-1-acetic-4,7,10-tris(methylacetic)acid,2-benzyl-cyclohexyldiethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid,2-benzyl-6-methyl-DTPA, and6,6″-bis[N,N,N″,N″-tetra(carboxymethyl)aminomethyl)-4′-(3-amino-4-methoxyphenyl)-2,2′:6′2″-terpyridine.

Chelators for magnetic resonance imaging contrast agents are selected toform stable complexes with paramagnetic metal ions, such as Gd(III),Dy(III), Fe(III), and Mn(II), are selected from cyclic and acyclicpolyaminocarboxylates such as DTPA, DOTA, DO3A, 2-benzyl-DOTA,alpha-(2-phenethyl)1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecane-1-acetic-4,7,10-tris(methylacetic)acid,2-benzyl-cyclohexyldiethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid,2-benzyl-6-methyl-DTPA, and6,6″-bis[N,N,N″,N″-tetra(carboxymethyl)aminomethyl)-4′-(3-amino-4-methoxyphenyl)-2,2′:6′,2″-terpyridine.

The technetium and rhenium radiopharmaceuticals of the present inventioncomprised of a hydrazido or diazenido bonding unit can be easilyprepared by admixing a salt of a radionuclide, a reagent of the presentinvention, an ancillary ligand A_(L1), an ancillary ligand A_(L2), and areducing agent, in an aqueous solution at temperatures from 0 to 100° C.The technetium and rhenium radiopharmaceuticals of the present inventioncomprised of a tetradentate chelator having two nitrogen and two sulfuratoms can be easily prepared by admixing a salt of a radionuclide, areagent of the present invention, and a educing agent, in an aqueoussolution at temperatures from 0 to 100° C.

When the bonding unit in the reagent of the present invention is presentas a hydrazone group, then it must first be converted to a hydrazine,which may or may not be protonated, prior to complexation with the metalradionuclide. The conversion of the hydrazone group to the hydrazine canoccur either prior to reaction with the radionuclide, in which case theradionuclide and the ancillary or co-ligand or ligands are combined notwith the reagent but with a hydrolyzed form of the reagent bearing thechelator or bonding unit, or in the presence of the radionuclide inwhich case the reagent itself is combined with the radionuclide and theancillary or co-ligand or ligands. In the latter case, the pH of thereaction mixture must be neutral or acidic.

Alternatively, the radiopharmaceuticals of the present inventioncomprised of a hydrazido or diazenido bonding unit can be prepared byfirst admixing a salt of a radionuclide, an ancillary ligand A_(L1), anda reducing agent in an aqueous solution at temperatures from 0 to 100°C. to form an intermediate radionuclide complex with the ancillaryligand A_(L1) then adding a reagent of the present invention and anancillary ligand A_(L2) and reacting further at temperatures from 0 to100° C.

Alternatively, the radiopharmaceuticals of the present inventioncomprised of a hydrazido or diazenido bonding unit can be prepared byfirst admixing a salt of a radionuclide, an ancillary ligand A_(L1), areagent of the present invention, and a reducing agent in an aqueoussolution at temperatures from 0 to 100° C. to form an intermediateradionuclide complex, and then adding an ancillary ligand A_(L2) andreacting further at temperatures from 0 to 100° C.

The technetium and rhenium radionuclides are preferably in the chemicalform of pertechnetate or perrhenate and a pharmaceutically acceptablecation. The pertechnetate salt form is preferably sodium pertechnetatesuch as obtained from commercial Tc-99m generators. The amount ofpertechnetate used to prepare the radiopharmaceuticals of the presentinvention can range from 0.1 mCi to 1 Ci, or more preferably from 1 to200 mCi.

The amount of the reagent of the present invention used to prepare thetechnetium and rhenium radiopharmaceuticals of the present invention canrange from 0.01 μg to 10 mg, or more preferably from 0.5 μg to 200 μg.The amount used will be dictated by the amounts of the other reactantsand the identity of the radiopharmaceuticals of the present invention tobe prepared.

The amounts of the ancillary ligands A_(L1) used can range from 0.1 mgto 1 g, or more preferably from 1 mg to 100 mg. The exact amount for aparticular radiopharmaceutical is a function of identity of theradiopharmaceuticals of the present invention to be prepared, theprocedure used and the amounts and identities of the other reactants.Too large an amount of A_(L1) will result in the formation ofby-products comprised of technetium labeled A_(L1) without abiologically active molecule or by-products comprised of technetiumlabeled biologically active molecules with the ancillary ligand A_(L1)but without the ancillary ligand A_(L2). Too small an amount of A_(L1)will result in other by-products such as technetium labeled biologicallyactive molecules with the ancillary ligand A_(L2) but without theancillary ligand A_(L1), or reduced hydrolyzed technetium, or technetiumcolloid.

The amounts of the ancillary ligands A_(L2) used can range from 0.001 mgto 1 g, or more preferably from 0.01 mg to 10 mg. The exact amount for aparticular radiopharmaceutical is a function of the identity of theradiopharmaceuticals of the present invention to be prepared, theprocedure used and the amounts and identities of the other reactants.Too large an amount of A_(L2) will result in the formation ofby-products comprised of technetium labeled A_(L2) without abiologically active molecule or by-products comprised of technetiumlabeled biologically active molecules with the ancillary ligand A_(L2)but without the ancillary ligand A_(L1). If the reagent bears one ormore substituents that are comprised of a soft donor atom, as definedabove, at least a ten-fold molar excess of the ancillary ligand A_(L2)to the reagent of formula 2 is required to prevent the substituent frominterfering with the coordination of the ancillary ligand A_(L2) to themetal radionuclide.

Suitable reducing agents for the synthesis of the radiopharmaceuticalsof the present invention include stannous salts, dithionite or bisulfitesalts, borohydride salts, and formamidinesulfinic acid, wherein thesalts are of any pharmaceutically acceptable form. The preferredreducing agent is a stannous salt. The amount of a reducing agent usedcan range from 0.001 mg to 10 mg, or more preferably from 0.005 mg to 1mg.

The specific structure of a radiopharmaceutical of the present inventioncomprised of a hydrazido or diazenido bonding unit will depend on theidentity of the reagent of the present invention used, the identity ofany ancillary ligand A_(L1), the identity of any ancillary ligandA_(L2), and the identity of the radionuclide. Radiopharmaceuticalscomprised of a hydrazido or diazenido bonding unit synthesized usingconcentrations of reagents of <100 μg/mL, will be comprised of onehydrazido or diazenido group. Those synthesized using >1 mg/mLconcentrations will be comprised of two hydrazido or diazenido groupsfrom two reagent molecules. For most applications, only a limited amountof the biologically active molecule can be injected and not result inundesired side-effects, such as chemical toxicity, interference with abiological process or an altered biodistribution of theradiopharmaceutical. Therefore, the radiopharmaceuticals which requirehigher concentrations of the reagents comprised in part of thebiologically active molecule, will have to be diluted or purified aftersynthesis to avoid such side-effects.

The identities and amounts used of the ancillary ligands AL₁ and AL₂will determine the values of the variables y and z. The values of y andz can independently be an integer from 1 to 2. In combination, thevalues of y and z will result in a technetium coordination sphere thatis made up of at least five and no more than seven donor atoms. Formonodentate ancillary ligands A_(L2), z can be an integer from 1 to 2;for bidentate or tridentate ancillary ligands A_(L2), z is 1. Thepreferred combination for monodentate ligands is y equal to 1 or 2 and zequal to 1. The preferred combination for bidentate or tridentateligands is y equal to 1 and z equal to 1.

The indium, copper, gallium, silver, palladium, rhodium, gold, platinum,bismuth, yttrium and lanthanide radiopharmaceuticals of the presentinvention can be easily prepared by admixing a salt of a radionuclideand a reagent of the present invention, in an aqueous solution attemperatures from 0 to 100° C. These radionuclides are typicallyobtained as a dilute aqueous solution in a mineral acid, such ashydrochloric, nitric or sulfuric acid. The radionuclides are combinedwith from one to about one thousand equivalents of the reagents of thepresent invention dissolved in aqueous solution. A buffer is typicallyused to maintain the pH of the reaction mixture between 3 and 10.

The gadolinium, dysprosium, iron and manganese metallopharmaceuticals ofthe present invention can be easily prepared by admixing a salt of theparamagnetic metal ion and a reagent of the present invention, in anaqueous solution at temperatures from 0 to 100° C. These paramagneticmetal ions are typically obtained as a dilute aqueous solution in amineral acid, such as hydrochloric, nitric or sulfuric acid. Theparamagnetic metal ions are combined with from one to about one thousandequivalents of the reagents of the present invention dissolved inaqueous solution. A buffer is typically used to maintain the pH of thereaction mixture between 3 and 10.

The total time of preparation will vary depending on the identity of themetal ion, the identities and amounts of the reactants and the procedureused for the preparation. The preparations may be complete, resultingin >80% yield of the radiopharmaceutical, in 1 minute or may requiremore time. If higher purity metallopharmaceuticals are needed ordesired, the products can be purified by any of a number of techniqueswell known to those skilled in the art such as liquid chromatography,solid phase extraction, solvent extraction, dialysis or ultrafiltration.

Buffers useful in the preparation of metallopharmaceuticals and indiagnostic kits useful for the preparation of said radiopharmaceuticalsinclude but are not limited to phosphate, citrate, sulfosalicylate, andacetate. A more complete list can be found in the United StatesPharmacopeia.

Lyophilization aids useful in the preparation of diagnostic kits usefulfor the preparation of radiopharmaceuticals include but are not limitedto mannitol, lactose, sorbitol, dextran, Ficoll, andpolyvinylpyrrolidine(PVP).

Stabilization aids useful in the preparation of metallopharmaceuticalsand in diagnostic kits useful for the preparation ofradiopharmaceuticals include but are not limited to ascorbic acid,cysteine, monothioglycerol, sodium bisulfite, sodium metabisulfite,gentisic acid, and inositol.

Solubilization aids useful in the preparation of metallopharmaceuticalsand in diagnostic kits useful for the preparation ofradiopharmaceuticals include but are not limited to ethanol, glycerin,polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, polyoxyethylene sorbitanmonooleate, sorbitan monoloeate, polysorbates,poly(oxyethylene)poly(oxypropylene)poly(oxyethylene) block copolymers(Pluronics) and lecithin. Preferred solubilizing aids are polyethyleneglycol, and Pluronics.

Bacteriostats useful in the preparation of metallopharmaceuticals and indiagnostic kits useful for the preparation of radiopharmaceuticalsinclude but are not limited to benzyl alcohol, benzalkonium chloride,chlorbutanol, and methyl, propyl or butyl paraben.

A component in a diagnostic kit can also serve more than one function. Areducing agent can also serve as a stabilization aid, a buffer can alsoserve as a transfer ligand, a lyophilization aid can also serve as atransfer, ancillary or co-ligand and so forth.

The diagnostic radiopharmaceuticals are administered by intravenousinjection, usually in saline solution, at a dose of 1 to 100 mCi per 70kg body weight, or preferably at a dose of 5 to 50 mCi. Imaging isperformed using known procedures.

The therapeutic radiopharmaceuticals are administered by intravenousinjection, usually in saline solution, at a dose of 0.1 to 100 mCi per70 kg body weight, or preferably at a dose of 0.5 to 5 mCi per 70 kgbody weight.

The magnetic resonance imaging contrast agents of the present inventionmay be used in a similar manner as other MRI agents as described in U.S.Pat. No. 5,155,215; U.S. Pat. No. 5,087,440; Margerstadt et al., Magn.Reson. Med., 1986, 3, 808; Runge et al., Radiology, 1988, 166, 835; andBousquet et al., Radiology, 1988, 166, 693. Generally, sterile aqueoussolutions of the contrast agents are administered to a patientintravenously in dosages ranging from 0.01 to 1.0 mmoles per kg bodyweight.

For use as X-ray contrast agents, the compositions of the presentinvention should generally have a heavy atom concentration of 1 mM to 5M, preferably 0.1 M to 2 M. Dosages, administered by intravenousinjection, will typically range from 0.5 mmol/kg to 1.5 mmol/kg,preferably 0.8 mmol/kg to 1.2 mmol/kg. Imaging is performed using knowntechniques, preferably X-ray computed tomography.

The ultrasound contrast agents of the present invention are administeredby intravenous injection in an amount of 10 to 30 μL of the echogenicgas per kg body weight or by infusion at a rate of approximately 3μL/kg/min. Imaging is performed using known techniques of sonography.

Other features of the invention will become apparent in the course ofthe following descriptions of exemplary embodiments which are given forillustration of the invention and are not intended to be limitingthereof.

EXAMPLES

Representative materials and methods that may be used in preparing thecompounds of the invention are described further below.

Manual solid phase peptide synthesis was performed in 25 mLpolypropylene filtration tubes purchased from BioRad Inc., or in 60 mLhour-glass reaction vessels purchased from Peptides International. Oximeresin (substitution level=0.96 mmol/g) was prepared according topublished procedure (DeGrado and Kaiser, J. Org. Chem. 1980, 45, 1295),or was purchased from Novabiochem (substitution level=0.62 mmol/g).1-methyl-4-oxo-7-(((1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-2-yl)amino)methyl)hydroquinoline-3-carboxylicacid, ethyl 7-bromo-4-oxohydroquinoline-3-carboxylate,1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazole-2-ylamine, and methyl3-amino-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoatehydrochloride were prepared as described in PCT WO 98/23608.(tert-butoxy)-N-(3-bromopropyl)formamide and2-(2-aza-2-((5-((2,5-dioxopyrrolidinyl)carbonyl)(2-pyridyl))-amino)vinyl)benzenesulfonicacid were prepared as described in PCT WO 96/40637. All other chemicalsand solvents (reagent grade) were used as supplied from the vendorscited without further purification. t-Butyloxycarbonyl (Boc) amino acidsand other starting amino acids may be obtained commercially from BachemInc., Bachem Biosciences Inc. (Philadelphia, Pa.), Advanced ChemTech(Louisville, Ky.), Peninsula Laboratories (Belmont, Calif.), or Sigma(St. Louis, Mo.). 2-(1H-Benzotriazol-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluroniumhexafluorophosphate (HBTU) and TBTU were purchased from AdvancedChemTech. N-methylmorpholine (NMM), m-cresol, D-2-aminobutyric acid(Abu), trimethylacetylchloride, diisopropylethylamine (DIEA),1,2,4-triazole, stannous chloride dihydrate, andtris(3-sulfonatophenyl)phosphine trisodium salt (TPPTS) were purchasedfrom Aldrich Chemical Company. Bis(3-sulfonatophenyl)phenylphosphinedisodium salt (TPPDS) was prepared by the published procedure (Kuntz,E., U.S. Pat. No. 4,248,802). (3-Sulfonatophenyl)diphenylphosphinemonosodium salt (TPPMS) was purchased from TCI America, Inc. Tricine wasobtained from Research Organics, Inc. Technetium-99m-pertechnetate(^(99m)TcO₄ ⁻) was obtained from a DuPont Pharma ⁹⁹Mo/^(99m)TcTechnelite® generator. In-111-chloride (Indichlor®) was obtained fromAmersham Medi-Physics, Inc. Sm-153-chloride and Lutetium-177-chloridewere obtained from the University of Missouri Research Reactor (MURR).Yttrium-90 chloride was obtained from the Pacific Northwest ResearchLaboratories. Dimethylformamide (DMF), ethyl acetate, chloroform(CHCl₃), methanol (MeOH), pyridine and hydrochloric acid (HCl) wereobtained from Baker. Acetonitrile, dichloromethane (DCM), acetic acid(HOAc), trifluoroacetic acid (TFA), ethyl ether, triethylamine, acetone,and magnesium sulfate were commercially obtained. Absolute ethanol wasobtained from Quantum Chemical Corporation.

Example 12-(((4-(4-(((3-(2-(2-(3-((6-((1-aza-2-(2-Sulfophenyl)vinyl)amino)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoicAcid Trifluoroacetate Salt

PartA—N-(3-(2-(2-(3-Aminopropoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)(phenylmethoxy)formamide

A solution of 4,7,10-trioxa-1,13-tridecanediamine (158 mL, 0.72 mol),TEA (16.7 mL, 0.12 mol), and MeOH (300 mL) in peroxide-free THF (1,000mL) was placed in a 3 liter 3-neck flask fitted with a mechanicalstirrer, a thermometer, and an addition funnel with nitrogen line. Theaddition funnel was charged with a solution of benzyl chloroformate(17.1 mL, 0.12 mol) in peroxide-free THF (1,000 mL). The contents of theflask were cooled below 5° C. The contents of the addition funnel wereadded to the flask with rapid stirring over 4 h while keeping thetemperature below 5° C. The solution was stirred an additional 30 minand concentrated to give a thick syrup. This syrup was taken up insaturated NaCl (1800 mL) and 10% Na₂CO₃ (200 mL) and extracted withether (3×1,000 mL). The combined ether extracts were washed withsaturated NaCl (500 mL), dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated to give a paleyellow oil (36.74 g). Flash chromatography on a 7×29 cm silica gelcolumn (DCM/MeOH/TEA, 20/15/0.5) gave the title compound as a colorlesssyrup (19.14 g, 45%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): 7.33-7.25 (m, 5H), 5.59 (s, 1H),5.06 (s, 2H), 3.62-3.45 (m, 12H), 3.32-3.25 (m, 2H), 2.74 (t, J=6.7 Hz,2H), 1.75 (pentet, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 1.67 (pentet, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 1.33 (s,2H); MS: m/e 355.4 [M+H]; High Resolution MS: Calcd for C₁₈H₃₁N₂O₅[M+H]: 355.2233, Found: 355.2222.

Part B—Methyl3-((tert-Butoxy)carbonylamino)-2-(((4-(4-(((3-(2-(2-(3-((phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoate

Biphenyl-4,4′-disulfonyl chloride (2.64 g, 7.5 mmol, freshlyrecrystallized from CHCl₃) and DCM (200 mL) were placed in a 500 mL3-neck flask fitted with a thermometer, an addition funnel, and anitrogen line. The addition funnel was charged with a solution ofN-(3-(2-(2-(3-aminopropoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)(phenylmethoxy)formamide(1.77 g, 5.0 mmol) and DIEA (0.87 mL, 5.0 mmol) in DCM (40 mL). Thecontents of the flask were cooled below 5° C. The contents of theaddition funnel were added to the flask with rapid stirring over 3 hwhile keeping the temperature of the flask below 5° C. The additionfunnel was charged with a solution of N-β-Boc-L-α,β,-diaminopropionicacid methyl ester hydrochloride (2.55 g, 10 mmol) and DIEA (3.8 mL, 22mol) in DCM (25 mL). This solution was added to the flask with stirringat 5° C. over 15 min, and stirred at ambient temperatures for anadditional 20 h. The reaction solution was washed consecutively with 0.1N HCl (100 mL) and water (2×100 mL), dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated togive a viscous oil (5.79 g). Flash chromatography on a 5×21 cm silicagel column (85/15 EtOAc/hexanes, followed by 100% EtOAc) gave acolorless amorphous solid. Recrystallization from toluene (85 mL) gavethe title compound as a colorless solid (2.52 g, 59%). MP: 104.5-106.5°C.; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): 8.00-7.90 (m, 4H), 7.72-7.64 (m, 4H), 7.46-7.24 (m,5H), 5.96-5.88 (m, 1H), 5.86-5.73 (m, 1H), 5.41 (s, 1H), 5.16-5.00 (m,3H), 4.15-4.02 (m, 1H), 3.68-3.39 (m, 17H), 3.34-3.22 (m, 2H), 3.13-3.03(m, 2H), 1.80-1.62 (m, 4H), 1.39 (s, 9H); ¹³C NMR (CDCl₃): 170.2, 156.5,156.1, 143.9, 143.0, 140.4, 139.4, 136.7, 128.4, 128.1, 128.0, 127.9,127.9, 127.8, 127.3, 80.1, 70.6, 70.5, 70.2, 70.1, 70.0, 69.6, 66.5,56.1, 52.9, 43.2, 42.4, 39.3, 29.4, 28.5, 28.2; MS: m/e 868.3 [M+NH₄];High Resolution MS: Calcd for C₃₉H₅₅N₄O₁₃S₂ [M+H]: 851.3207, Found:851.3226.

Part C—Methyl3-((1-Methyl-4-oxo-7-(((1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-2-yl)amino)methyl)(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((4-(4-(((3-(2-(2-(3-((phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoate

The product of Part B, above (748 mg, 0.88 mmol) was dissolved in 25/75TFA/DCM (15 mL) and allowed to stand at ambient temperatures undernitrogen for 15 min. The TFA was removed under vacuum and the resultingamber oil was taken up in 50/50 ACN/water (50 mL), and treated portionwise with Bio-Rad AG-3-X4A resin, hydroxide form, to raise the pH from 2to 6. The resin was removed by filtration and the filtrate waslyophilized to give a sticky pale yellow foam.

In a separate flask,1-methyl-4-oxo-7-(((1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-2-yl)amino)methyl)hydroquinoline-3-carboxylicacid (432 mg, 0.80 mmol), TEA (0.33 mL), and HBTU (364 mg, 0.96 mmol)were dissolved in anhydrous DMF (25 mL). The resulting solution wasstirred at ambient temperatures under a nitrogen atmosphere for 10 minand combined with a solution of the yellow foam in anhydrous DMF (15mL). The DMF was removed under vacuum after 18 h to give a viscousyellow oil. This oil was taken up in EtOAc (175 mL), washedconsecutively with water (25 mL), saturated NaHCO₃ (50 mL), andsaturated NaCl (25 mL), dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated to give aviscous yellow oil. Purification by flash chromatography on a 7×25 cmsilica gel column using a CHCl₃/EtOAc/MeOH step gradient (47/47/6,46/46/8, 60/30/10) gave the title compound as a pale yellow solid (510mg, 50%). MP: 136-140° C.; MS: m/e 1273.4 [M+H]; High Resolution MS:Calcd for C₆₈H₇₃N₈O₁₃S₂ [M+H]: 1273.4738, Found: 1273.4730.

PartD—3-((1-Methyl-4-oxo-7-(((1-(triphenylmethyl)-imidazol-2-yl)amino)methyl)(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((4-(4-(((3-(2-(2-(3-((phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicAcid

The product form Part C, above (295 mg, 0.232 mmol) was dissolved in amixture of peroxide-free THF (12 mL), water (1.8 mL), and 3 N LiOH (1.2mL), and stirred at ambient temperatures under a nitrogen atmosphere for30 min. The THF was removed under vacuum and the resulting mixture wasdissolved in CHCl₃ (75 mL) and water (50 mL). The aqueous layer wasadjusted to pH 3 with 0.5 N HCl and the layers were thoroughly mixed.The aqueous layer was extracted with additional CHCl₃ (2×25 mL). Thecombined CHCl₃ extracts were washed with saturated NaCl (50 mL), dried(MgSO₄), and concentrated to give the title compound as a pale yellowsolid (291 mg, 100%). MS: m/e 1259.3 [M+H]; High Resolution MS: Calcdfor C₆₇H₇₁N₈O₁₃S₂ [M+H]: 1259.4582, Found: 1259.4610.

PartE—2-(((4-(4-(((3-(2-(2-(3-Aminopropoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-yl)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoicAcid

The product from Part D, above (279 mg, 0.222 mmol) was dissolved indegassed TFA (30 mL) and treated with Et₃SiH (0.424 mL, 2.66 mol). Thesolution was heated at 70° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere for 1 h andconcentrated to a viscous oil. This oil was dissolved in water (20 mL)and washed with ether (2×20 mL). The combined ether washings wereback-extracted with water (10 mL). The combined water extracts werediluted with an equal volume of ACN and treated with Bio-Rad AG-3-X4Aresin, hydroxide form to raise the pH from 4 to 6. The resin was removedby filtration and the filtrate was lyophilized to give the titlecompound as a colorless solid (220 mg). MS: m/e 883.4 [M+H], 442.5[M+2H]; High Resolution MS: Calcd for C₄₀H₅₁N₈O₁₁S₂ [M+H]: 833.3118,Found: 833.3118.

PartF—2-(((4-(4-(((3-(2-(2-(3-((6-((1-aza-2-(2-Sulfophenyl)vinyl)amino)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoicAcid Trifluoroacetate Salt

A solution of the product from Part F, above (15 mg, 0.0135 mmol), TEA(0.007 mL), and2-(2-aza-2-((5-((2,5-dioxopyrrolidinyl)carbonyl)(2-pyridyl))amino)vinyl)benzenesulfonicacid (9.0 mg, 0.0204 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (2.5 mL) was allowed tostand at ambient temperatures under a nitrogen atmosphere for 22 h. TheDMF was removed under vacuum and the glassy solid was dissolved in 20%ACN and purified by preparative HPLC on a Vydac C-18 column (22×250 mm)using 0.1% TFA in water for 5 min followed by a 2.52%/min gradient of 0to 63% ACN containing 0.1% TFA at a flow rate of 20 mL/min. The mainproduct peak eluting at 21.2 min was collected and lyophilized to givethe title compound as a colorless powder (3.5 mg, 20%). MS: m/e 1186.7[M+H]; High Resolution MS: Calcd for C₅₃H₆₀N₁₁O₁₅S₃ 1186.3432, Found:1186.3410.

Example 23-((7-((Imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((4-(4-(((3-(2-(2-(3-(2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxylmethyl)cyclododecyl)acetylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicAcid bis(Trifluoroacetate) Salt

Part A—Phenylmethyl2-(1,4,7,10-Tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(((tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl)methyl)cyclododecyl)acetate

A solution of tert-butyl(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7-bis(((tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl)methyl)cyclododecyl)acetate(0.922 g, 1.79 mmol), TEA (1.8 mL) and benzyl bromoacetate (0.86 mL,5.37 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (24 mL) was stirred at ambient temperaturesunder a nitrogen atmosphere for 24 h. The DMF was removed under vacuumand the resulting oil was dissolved in EtOAc (300 mL). This solution waswashed consecutively with water (2×50 mL) and saturated NaCl (50 mL),dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated to give the title compound as anamorphous solid (1.26 g). MS: m/e 663.5 [M+H].

PartB—2-(1,4,7,10-Tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(((tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl)methyl)cyclododecyl)aceticAcid

The product from Part A, above (165 mg, 0.25 mmol) was hydrogenolyzedover 10% Pd on carbon (50 mg) in EtOH (15 mL) at 60 psi for 24 h. Thecatalyst was removed by filtration through filter aid and washed withEtOH. The filtrates were concentrated to give the title compound as anamorphous solid (134 mg, 94%). MS: m/e 573.5 [M+H].

Part C—Methyl3-((7-((Imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((4-(4-(((3-(2-(2-(3-(2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(((tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl)methyl)cyclododecyl)acetylamino)-propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoatePentakis(trifluoroacetate) Salt

A solution of the product of Example 1, Part C (68 mg, 0.0534 mmol) andEt₃SiH (0.051 mL, 0.32 mmol) in degassed TFA (5.0 mL) was stirred at 70°C. under a nitrogen atmosphere for 1 h and concentrated to dryness. Theresulting amber oil was dissolved in anhydrous DMF (2 mL) and treatedwith TEA until basic to pH paper. A solution of the product of Part B,above (46 mg, 0.080 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (1.0 mL) was added, followedby HBTU (24 mg, 0.064 mmol), and the solution was stirred at ambienttemperatures under a nitrogen atmosphere for 3 h. The DMF was removedunder vacuum and the residue was dissolved in 50% ACN and purified bypreparative HPLC on a Vydac C-18 column (22×250 mm) using a 2.1%/mingradient of 0 to 63% ACN containing 0.1% TFA at a flow rate of 20mL/min. The main product peak eluting at 23.8 min was collected andlyophilized to give the title compound as a colorless powder (16 mg,15%). MS: m/e 1451.7 [M+H]; High Resolution MS: Calcd forC₆₉H₁₀₃N₁₂O₁₈S₂ [M+H]: 1451.6954, Found: 1451.698.

PartD—3-((7-((Imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((4-(4-(((3-(2-(2-(3-(2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxylmethyl)cyclododecyl)acetylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicAcid bis(Trifluoroacetate) Salt

The product of Part C, above (16 mg, 0.0102 mmol) was dissolved in amixture of peroxide-free THF (1 mL), water (0.115 mL), and 3 N LiOH(0.075 mL), and stirred at ambient temperatures under a nitrogenatmosphere for 24 h. The reaction was concentrated to give an oilysolid. This solid was dissolved in 50% ACN and purified by preparativeHPLC on a Vydac C-18 column (22×250 mm) using a 2.52%/min gradient of 0to 63% ACN containing 0.1% TFA at a flow rate of 20 mL/min. The mainproduct peak eluting at 24.0 min was collected and lyophilized to give acolorless powder (6.0 mg). This solid was dissolved in degassed TFA (2.0mL) and Et₃SiH (0.050 mL), stirred at 70° C. under a nitrogen atmospherefor 4.5 h, and concentrated to dryness. The resulting oil was dissolvedin 25% ACN and purified by preparative HPLC on a Vydac C-18 column(22×250 mm) using a 1.5%/min gradient of 0 to 45% ACN containing 0.1%TFA at a flow rate of 20 mL/min. The main product peak eluting at 19.0min was collected and lyophilized to give the title compound as acolorless powder (2.0 mg, 17%). MS: m/e 1269.5 [M+H], 635.5 [M+2H],424.3 [M+3H]; High Resolution MS: Calcd for C₅₆H₇₇N₁₂O₁₈S₂ [M+H]:1269.4920, Found: 1269.4950.

Example 32-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-((6-((1-aza-2-(2-Sulfophenyl)vinyl)amino)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoicAcid Trifluoroacetate Salt

Part A—Ethyl 4-(3,5-Dimethylphenoxy)butanoate

Sodium metal (17.12 g, 0.744 mol) was added to anhydrous EtOH (350 mL)and stirred until dissolved. 3,5-Dimethylphenol was added and thesolution was stirred 15 min at ambient temperatures. Ethyl4-bromoacetate (58.7 mL, 0.41 mol) was added and the solution wasstirred at ambient temperatures under a nitrogen atmosphere for 28 h.The EtOH was removed under vacuum and the oily solid was partitionedbetween water (1 L) and EtOAc (500 mL). The aqueous layer was extractedwith additional EtOAc (500 mL). The combined EtOAc extracts were washedconsecutively with saturated NaHCO₃ (300 mL) and saturated NaCl (300mL), dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated to give an amber liquid. Thisliquid was vacuum fractional distilled through a 15 cm Vigreux column.The main fraction was collected from 91-117° C./6 mm Hg to gave thetitle compound as a colorless liquid (77.77 g, 89%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃):6.59 (s, 1H), 6.52 (s, 2H), 4.16 (q, J=7.16 Hz, 2H), 3.98 (t, J=6.14 Hz,2H), 2.49 (t, J=7.34 Hz, 2H), 2.28 (s, 6H), 2.11-2.07 (m, 2H), 1.26 (t,J=7.16 Hz, 3H); Anal. calcd for C₁₄H₂₀O₃: C, 71.16; H, 8.53, Found: C,71.35; H, 8.59.

Part B—4-(3,5-Dimethylphenoxy)butanoic Acid

The product of part A, above (75.52 g, 0.320 mol) and KOH pellets (38.5g, 0.584 mol) were dissolved in absolute EtOH (1.50 L) and heated atreflux for 3 h. The solution was concentrated to a colorless solid,which was taken up in water (2.0 L) and washed with ether (2×750 mL).The aqueous layer was adjusted to pH 1 with concd HCl (55 mL) and theresulting oily ppt was extracted into EtOAc (2×500 mL). The combinedEtOAc extracts were washed consecutively with water (300 mL) andsaturated NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated to give a colorlesssolid (64.13 g). Recrystallization from hexanes (500 mL) gave the titlecompound as a colorless solid (59.51 g, 89%). MP: 66-68.5° C.; ¹H NMR(CDCl₃): 11.70 (bs, 1H), 6.59 (s, 1H), 6.52 (s, 2H), 3.99 (t, J=6.06 Hz,2H), 2.57 (t, J=7.29 Hz, 2H), 2.28 (s, 6H), 2.12-2.08 (m, 2H); Anal.calcd for C₁₂H₁₆O₃: C, 69.21; H, 7.74, Found: C, 69.23; H, 7.40.

Part C—4-(4-(Chlorosulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy)butanoic Acid

A solution of the product of Part B, above (20.8 g, 0.100 mol) in CHCl₃(100 mL) was cooled to 0° C. and treated with chlorosulfonic acid (36mL, 0.54 mol) dropwise and with rapid stirring while keeping thetemperature of the reaction at 0° C. The resulting gelatinous mixturewas stirred an additional 10 min and poured onto an ice/water mixture(600 mL). The resulting solid ppt was collected by filtration, washedwith water (3×75 mL), and dried under vacuum to give a colorless solid(12.52 g). MP: 114-115° C. (with decomp); ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): 13.84 (bs,1H), 6.50 (s, 2H), 3.91 (t, J=6.48 Hz, 2H), 2.48 (s, 6H), 2.32 (t,J=7.32 Hz, 2H), 1.89-1.84 (m, 2H); IR (KBr cm⁻¹): 1705 (s), 1370 (s),1175 (s); MS: m/e 305.1 [M−H].

PartD—4-(4-(((2-((tert-Butoxy)carbonylamino)-1-(methoxycarbonyl)ethyl)amino)sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy)butanoicAcid

A solution of N-β-Boc-L-α,β,-diaminopropionic acid methyl esterhydrochloride (568 mg, 2.10 mmol) and DIEA (0.73 mL, 4.2 mmol) in DCM (5mL) was cooled to 0° C. and treated with a suspension of the product ofPart C, above (656 mg, 2.10 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) in small portions overa 15 min period. The reaction was stirred at ambient temperatures undera nitrogen atmosphere for 18 h. The reaction was diluted with DCM (100mL) and washed with water (3×75 mL). The organic phase was dried(MgSO₄), and concentrated to give crude product (698 mg), which waspurified by preparative HPLC on a Vydac C-18 column (50×250 mm) using a0.96%/min gradient of 18 to 58.5% ACN containing 0.1% TFA at a flow rateof 80 mL/min. The main product fraction eluting at 23.8 min wascollected adjusted to pH 3, partially concentrated to remove ACN, andextracted with DCM (2×100 mL). The DCM extracts were dried (MgSO₄) andconcentrated to give the title compound as a colorless solid (297 mg,29%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 6.61 (s, 2H), 5.66 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 4.90 (s,1H), 4.03 (bs, 2H), 3.86 (bs, 1H), 3.59 (s, 3H), 3.49 (bs, 2H), 2.62 (s,6H), 2.58-2.51 (m, 2H), 2.18-2.07 (m, 2H), 1.41 (s, 9H); MS: m/e 489.4[M+H]; High Resolution MS: Calcd for C₂₁H₃₃N₂O₉S [M+Na]: 511.1726,Found: 511.1747; Anal. calcd for C₂₁H₃₂N₂O₉S: C, 51.62; H, 6.61; N,5.74, Found: C, 51.47; H, 6.27; N, 5.48.

Part E—Methyl3-((tert-Butoxy)carbonylamino)-2-(((2,6-dimethyl-4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-((phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoate

A solution of the product from Part D, above (233 mg, 0.477 mmol), theproduct of Example 1, Part A (190 mg, 0.536 mmol), TEA (0.2 mL, 1.43mmol), and HBTU (226 mg, 0.701 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (8 mL) was stirredat ambient temperatures under a nitrogen atmosphere for 1 h. The DMF wasremoved under vacuum and the oily residue was taken up in EtOAc (50 mL)and washed consecutively with 0.1 N HCl (35 mL), water (35 mL), andsaturated NaCl (35 mL), dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated to give crudeproduct as a yellow viscous oil. Flash chromatography on a 3×18 cmsilica gel column (EtOAc/MeOH, 95/5) gave the title compound as acolorless viscous oil (393 mg, 100%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 7.34-7.28 (m,5H), 6.60 (s, 2H), 6.26 (bs, 1H), 5.67 (bs, 1H), 5.29 (bs, 1H), 5.08 (s,2H), 4.88 (bs, 1H), 3.99 (t, J=6.1 Hz, 2H), 3.88-3.84 (m, 1H), 3.62-3.40(m, 17H), 3.37-3.26 (m, 4H), 2.62 (s, 6H), 2.32 (t, J =7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.08(t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 1.79-1.70 (m, 4H), 1.41 (s, 9H); MS: m/e 825.5 [M+H];High Resolution MS: Calcd for C₃₉H₆₁N₄O₁₃S [M+H]: 825.3955, Found:825.3940.

Part F—Methyl3-Amino-2-(((2,6-dimethyl-4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-((phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoate

The product of Part E, above (750 mg, 0.91 mmol) was dissolved in 4 MHCl/dioxane (25 mL) and stirred at ambient temperatures for 1 h. Thesolution was diluted with ether (500 mL) and the resulting gummy ppt wastriturated with fresh ether (2×250 mL). The gummy solid was dissolved inwater (100 mL) and adjusted to pH 9 with NaHCO₃, causing an oily ppt toform. This ppt was extracted into DCM (2×75 mL). The DCM extracts weredried (MgSO₄) and concentrated to give the title compound as a colorlessoil (386 mg, 56%). MS: m/e 725.5 [M+H].

Part G—Methyl2-(((2,6-Dimethyl-4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-((phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((1-methyl-4-oxo-7-(((1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-2-yl)amino)methyl)(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoate

A solution of1-methyl-4-oxo-7-(((1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-2-yl)amino)methyl)hydroquinoline-3-carboxylicacid (274 mg, 0.51 mmol), TEA (0.22 mL, 1.52 mmol), and HBTU (192 mg,0.51 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (3 mL) was stirred at ambient temperaturesfor 5 min. A solution of the product of Part F, above (367 mg, (0.51mmol) in anhydrous DMF (7 mL) was added and the resulting solution wasstirred at ambient temperatures under a nitrogen atmosphere for 2 h. TheDMF was removed under vacuum and the resulting oily solid was dissolvedin EtOAc (150 mL). The EtOAc solution was washed consecutively withwater (50 mL), saturated NaHCO₃ (25 mL), and saturated NaCl (25 mL),dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated to give a yellow solid. Purification byflash chromatography on a silica gel column using a EtOAc/MeOH stepgradient (95/5, 92.5/7.5) gave the title compound as a pale yellow solid(254 mg, 43%). MS: m/e 1247.7 [M+H], 624.6 [M+2H].

PartH—2-(((2,6-Dimethyl-4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-((phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((1-methyl-4-oxo-7-(((1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-2-yl)amino)methyl)(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoicAcid

The product of Part G, above (60.0 mg, 0.048 mmol) was dissolved in amixture of peroxide-free THF (2.5 mL), water (0.37 mL), and 3 N LiOH(0.244 mL), and stirred at ambient temperatures under a nitrogenatmosphere for 30 min. The THF was removed under vacuum and theresulting mixture was dissolved in CHCl₃ (25 mL) and water (20 mL). Theaqueous layer was adjusted to pH 3 with 0.1 N HCl and the layers werethoroughly mixed. The aqueous layer was extracted with additional CHCl₃(2×20 mL). The combined CHCl₃ extracts were washed with saturated NaCl(30 mL), dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated to give the title compound as apale yellow solid (44.0 mg, 74%). MS: m/e 1233.7 [M+H]; High ResolutionMS: Calcd for C₆₇H₇₇N₈O₁₃S [M+H]: 1233.5330, Found: 1233.5330.

PartI—2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-Aminopropoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoicAcid

The product of Part H, above (42.1 mg, 0.0341 mmol) and Et₃SiH (0.033mL, 0.205 mmol) were dissolved in degassed TFA (3.5 mL), heated at 70°C. under a nitrogen atmosphere for 1 h, and concentrated to give aviscous amber oil. This oil was dissolved in water (20 mL) and washedwith ether (2×20 mL). The combined ether washings were back-extractedwith water (10 mL). The combined water extracts were diluted with anequal volume of ACN and treated with Bio-Rad AG-3-X4A resin, hydroxideform to raise the pH from 4 to 6. The resin was removed by filtrationand the filtrate was lyophilized to give the title compound as acolorless solid (34 mg). MS: m/e 857.5 [M+H], 429.4 [M+2H].

PartJ—2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-((6-((1-aza-2-(2-Sulfophenyl)vinyl)amino)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoicAcid Trifluoroacetate Salt

A solution of the product from Part I, above (30 mg, 0.035 mmol), DIEA(0.018 mL, 0.105 mmol) and2-(2-aza-2-((5-((2,5-dioxopyrrolidinyl)carbonyl)(2-pyridyl))amino)vinyl)benzenesulfonicacid (18.5 mg, 0.042 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (1.5 mL) was allowed tostand at ambient temperatures under a nitrogen atmosphere for 20 h. TheDMF was removed under vacuum and the amber oil was dissolved in 50% ACNand purified by preparative HPLC on a Zorbax C-18 RX column (21.2×250mm) using a 1.5%/min gradient of 0 to 45% ACN containing 0.1% TFA at aflow rate of 20 mL/min. The main product peak eluting at 21.0 min wascollected and lyophilized to give the title compound as a colorlesspowder (8.9 mg, 20%). MS: m/e 1160.6 [M+H], 581.0 [M+2H].

Example 43-((1-(3-((6-((1-aza-2-(2-Sulfophenyl)vinyl)amino)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)propyl)-7-((imidazole-2-ylamino)methyl)-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicAcid Trifluoroacetate Salt

Part A—Ethyl1-(3-((tert-Butoxy)carbonylamino)propyl)-7-bromo-4-oxohydroquinoline-3-carboxylate

A mixture of ethyl 7-bromo-4-oxohydroquinoline-3-carboxylate (6.28 g,0.0212 mol), (tert-butoxy)-N-(3-bromopropyl)formamide (30.3 g, 0.127mol), and anhydrous K₂CO₃ (12.5 g, 0.904 mol) in anhydrous DMF (200 mL)was stirred at 60° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere for 4 h, and then atambient temperatures for 72 h. The DMF was removed under vacuum and theresulting oily solid was dissolved in EtOAc (500 mL). The EtOAc solutionwas washed consecutively with water (500 mL), saturated NaHCO₃ (500 mL),and saturated NaCl (500 mL), dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated to give ared oil. This oil was taken up in EtOAc (250 mL) and cooled, causing asolid ppt to form. This ppt was collected by filtration, washed withcold EtOAc, and dried to give the title compound as a colorless solid(6.25 g, 65%). MP: 140-142° C.; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): 8.49 (s, 1H), 8.39 (d,J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 7.53 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 4.72 (bs, 1H), 4.39(q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 4.20 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 3.28-3.24 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.06(m, 2H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.40 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); MS: m/e 455.2. [M+H];High Resolution MS: Calcd for C₂₀H₂₆BrN₂O₅ [M+H]: 453.1025, Found:453.1028.

Part B—Ethyl1-(3-((tert-Butoxy)carbonylamino)propyl)-4-oxo-7-vinylhydroquinoline-3-carboxylate

The product from Part A, above (2.98 g, 6.60 mmol) was dissolved intoluene (50 mL) at a temperature of 100° C. and treated withtetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (152 mg, 0.132 mmol). After 5min the mixture was treated with tributyl(vinyl)tin (1.93 mL, 6.60 mmol)and stirred 4.5 h at 100° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere, and 18 h atambient temperatures. Additional tributyl(vinyl)tin (0.386 mL) andtetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (152 mg) were added and themixture was heated at 100° C. for an additional 17 h. The toluene wasremoved under vacuum and the solid residue was triturated with ether togive the title compound as a pale green solid (1.67 g, 63%). MP:133-135° C.; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): 8.52 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.51 (s, 1H), 7.55(d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 6.88-6.82 (m, 1H), 5.97 (d, J=17.4 Hz,1H), 5.51 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 4.75 (bs, 1H), 4.42 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H),4.27 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 3.6-3.25 (m, 2H), 2.16-2.11 (m, 2H), 1.49 (s,9H), 1.45 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); MS: m/e 401.3 [M+H]; High Resolution MS:Calcd for C₂₂H₂₉N₂O₅ [M+H]: 401.2076, Found: 401.2075.

Part C—Ethyl1-(3-((tert-Butoxy)carbonylamino)propyl)-7-formyl-4-oxohydroquinoline-3-carboxylate

A solution of the product of Part B, above (1.50 g, 3.75 mmol) indioxane (119 mL) and water (39 mL) was treated with a solution of osmiumtetroxide (19.6 mg, 0.077 mmol) in dioxane (0.600 mL) and stirred atambient temperatures under a nitrogen atmosphere for 5 min. Sodiumperiodate (2.40 g, 11.2 mmol) was added and the stirred at ambienttemperatures for 2 h. The dioxane was removed under vacuum and theresidue was taken up in DCM (500 mL). The DCM solution was washedconsecutively with water (500 mL) and saturated NaCl (500 mL), dried(MgSO₄), and concentrated to give the title compound as an orange oilysolid (1.52 g, 100%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): 10.17 (s, 1H), 8.68 (d, J=8.2 Hz,1H), 8.64 (s, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.88 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.82 (bs, 1H),4.41-4.35 (m, 4H), 3.28 (s, 2H), 2.15-2.07 (m, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.41(t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); MS: m/e 403.3 [M+H]; High Resolution MS: Calcd forC₂₁H₂₇N₂O₆ [M+H]: 403.1870, Found: 403.1875.

Part D—Ethyl1-(3-((tert-Butoxy)carbonylamino)propyl)-4-oxo-7-(((1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazole-2-yl)amino)methyl)hydroquinoline-3-carboxylate

A solution of the product of Part C, above (544 mg, 1.35 mmol) and1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazole-2-ylamine (456 mg, 1.35 mmol) in toluene(60 mL) was heated at reflux under a nitrogen atmosphere with removal ofwater for 5 h. The solution was cooled, treated with Na(OAc)₃BH (1.14 g,5.38 mmol) and stirred at ambient temperatures for 18 h. The mixture wasdiluted with EtOAc (400 mL), washed consecutively with water (500 mL)and saturated NaCl (500 mL), dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated to give anorange solid. This solid was dissolved in 50% ACN and purified bypreparative HPLC on a Vydac C-18 column (50×250 mm) using a 0.60%/mingradient of 18 to 52% ACN containing 0.1% TFA at a flow rate of 49mL/min. The main product peak eluting at 30.8 min was collected andlyophilized to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (407 mg,60%). MS: m/e 712.4 [M+H]; High Resolution MS: Calcd for C₄₃H₄₆N₅O₅[M+H]: 712.3499, Found: 712.3485.

PartE—1-(3-((tert-Butoxy)carbonylamino)propyl)-4-oxo-7-(((1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazole-2-yl)amino)methyl)hydroquinoline-3-carboxylicAcid

A mixture of the product of Part D, above (997 mg, 1.40 mmol), water(7.3 mL), 3 N LiOH (3.5 mL), and THF (50 mL) was stirred at ambienttemperatures under a nitrogen atmosphere for 3 h. The THF was removedunder vacuum and the resulting mixture was dissolved in CHCl₃ (500 mL)and water (100 mL). The aqueous layer was adjusted to pH 3 with 1.0 NHCl and the layers were thoroughly mixed. The organic layer was washedconsecutively with water (500 mL) and saturated NaCl (500 mL), dried(MgSO₄), and concentrated to give the title compound as a pale yellowsolid (998 mg). MP: 153-160° C.; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δδ 14.83 (s, 1H), 8.76(s, 1H), 8.68 (s, 1H), 8.24 (d, J=6 Hz, 1H), 7.49-7.35 (m, 9H),7.12-7.10 (m, 6H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 6.52 (s, 1H), 6.24 (d, J=6 Hz, 1H),5.75 (bs, 1H), 4.87-4.83 (m, 2H), 4.77 (bs, 1H), 4.51 (t, J=9 Hz, 2H),3.38 (s, 2H), 2.23 (s, 2H), 1.42 (s, 9H); MS: m/e 684.3 [M+H]; HighResolution MS: Calcd for C₄₁H₄₂N₅O₅ [M+H]: 684.3186, Found: 684.3181.

Part F—Methyl3-((1-(3-((tert-Butoxy)carbonylamino)propyl)-4-oxo-7-(((1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazole-2-yl)amino)methyl)(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoate

A solution of the product of Part E, above (300 mg, 0.437 mmol), TEA(0.243 mL, 1.75 mmol), and HBTU (230 mg, 0.606 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (4mL) was stirred at ambient temperatures for 5 min. A solution of methyl3-amino-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoatehydrochloride (184 mg, 0.637 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (3 mL) was added andthe solution was stirred at ambient temperatures under a nitrogenatmosphere for 2 h. The solution was diluted with EtOAc (200 mL) andwashed consecutively with water (2×50 mL), saturated NaHCO₃ (50 mL), andsaturated NaCl (50 mL), dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated to give aviscous amber oil. Purification by flash chromatography on a 2.5×24 cmsilica gel column using a EtOAc/MeOH step gradient (98/2, 95/5, 75/25)gave the title compound as a pale yellow oil (330 mg, 78%). MS: m/e966.6 [M+H]; High Resolution MS: Calcd for C₅₄H₆₀N₇O₈S [M+H]: 966.4224,Found: 966.4224.

PartG—3-((1-(3-((tert-Butoxy)carbonylamino)propyl)-4-oxo-7-(((1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazole-2-yl)amino)methyl)(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicAcid

A solution of the product of Part F, above (51 mg, 0.052 mmol), water(0.27 mL), and 3 N LiOH (0.13 mL) in MeOH (2 mL) was allowed to stand atambient temperatures for 3.5 h and concentrated under vacuum. Theresulting solid was dissolved in water (10 mL) and adjusted to pH 3 with1.0 N HCl. The aqueous mixture was extracted with DCM (2×30 mL). Thecombined DCM extracts were washed with saturated NaCl (30 mL), dried(MgSO₄), and concentrated to give the title compound as a colorlesssolid (72 mg). MS: m/e 952.5 [M+H]; High Resolution MS: Calcd forC₅₃H₅₈N₇O₈S [M+H]: 952.4067, Found: 952.4056.

PartH—3-((1-(3-Aminopropyl)-7-((imidazole-2-ylamino)methyl)-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicAcid bis(Trifluoroacetate) Salt

The product of Part I, above (0.052 mmol) and Et₃SiH (0.042 mL, 0.26mmol) were dissolved in degassed TFA (2 mL), heated at 70° C. for 2.5 h,and concentrated to give an amber oil. This oil was dissolved in water(25 mL) and washed with ether (2×15 mL). The combined ether washingswere back-extracted with water (15 mL). The combined water extracts werelyophilized to give the title compound as a colorless powder (34 mg,78%). MS: m/e 610.4 [M+H]; High Resolution MS: Calcd for C₂₉H₃₆N₇O₆S[M+H]: 610.2448, Found: 610.2462.

PartI—3-((1-(3-((6-((1-aza-2-(2-Sulfophenyl)vinyl)amino)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)propyl)-7-((imidazole-2-ylamino)methyl)-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicAcid Trifluoroacetate Salt

A solution of the product of Part H, above (13.7 mg, 0.0163 mmol), TEA(0.015 mL, 0.108 mmol), and2-(2-aza-2-((5-((2,5-dioxopyrrolidinyl)carbonyl)(2-pyridyl))amino)vinyl)benzenesulfonicacid (8.2 mg, 0.0186 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (2.0 mL) was allowed tostand at ambient temperatures under a nitrogen atmosphere for 24 h. TheDMF was removed under reduced pressure and the amber oil was dissolvedin 50% ACN and purified by preparative HPLC on a Vydac C-18 column(22×250 mm) using 0.1% TFA in water for 5 min followed by a 2.52%/mingradient of 0 to 63% ACN containing 0.1% TFA at a flow rate of 20mL/min. The main product peak eluting at 21.4 min was collected andlyophilized to give the title compound as a colorless powder (12.5 mg,75%). MS: m/e 913.3 [M+H]; High Resolution MS: Calcd for C₄₂H₄₅N₁₀O₁₀S₂[M+H]: 913.2761, Found: 913.2751.

Example 53-((1-(3-((6-((1-aza-2-(2-Sulfophenyl)vinyl)amino)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)propyl)-7-(((1-hydroxyimidazole-2-yl)amino)methyl)-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicAcid Trifluoroacetate Salt

Part A—Methyl3-((1-(3-Aminopropyl)-7-((imidazole-2-ylamino)methyl)-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoatebis(Trifluoroacetate) Salt

A solution of the product of Example 4, Part F (120 mg, 0.124 mmol) andEt₃SiH (0.99 mL, 6.20 mmol) in TFA (10 mL) was heated at 70° C. for 1 h,and concentrated to give an amber oil. This oil was dissolved in water(50 mL) and washed with ether (2×30 mL). The combined ether washingswere back-extracted with water (20 mL). The combined water extracts werelyophilized to give the title compound as a colorless powder (105 mg,100%). MS: m/e 624.4 [M+H]; High Resolution MS: Calcd for C₃₀H₃₈N₇O₆S[M+H]: 624.2604, Found: 624.2608.

PartB—3-((1-(3-Aminopropyl)-7-(((1-hydroxyimidazol-2-yl)amino)methyl)-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicAcid Trifluoroacetate Salt

A mixture of the product of Part A, above (105 mg, 0.126 mmol), water(3.0 mL), and 3 N LiOH (1.82 mL) in peroxide-containing THF (4 mL) wasallowed to stand at ambient temperatures for 1 h and concentrated undervacuum. The resulting solid was dissolved in water (10 mL) and adjustedto pH 5 with 1.0 N HCl. Insoluble impurities were removed by filtrationand the filtrate was lyophilized to give a colorless solid. This solidwas dissolved in water and purified by preparative HPLC on a Vydac C-18column (22×250 mm) using 0.1% TFA in water for 5 min followed by a2.52%/min gradient of 0 to 63% ACN containing 0.1% TFA at a flow rate of20 mL/min. The main product peak eluting at 19.5 min was collected andlyophilized to give the title compound as a colorless powder (10.0 mg,11%). MS: m/e 314.0 [M+2H].

PartC—3-((1-(3-((6-((1-aza-2-(2-Sulfophenyl)vinyl)amino)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)propyl)-7-(((1-hydroxyimidazole-2-yl)amino)methyl)-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicAcid Trifluoroacetate Salt

A solution of the product of Part B, above (10.0 mg, 0.0135 mmol), TEA(0.018 mL, 0.129 mmol), and2-(2-aza-2-((5-((2,5-dioxopyrrolidinyl)carbonyl)(2-pyridyl))amino)vinyl)benzenesulfonicacid (7.2 mg, 0.0163 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (4 mL) was allowed to standat ambient temperatures under a nitrogen atmosphere for 20 h. The DMFwas removed under vacuum and the amber oil was dissolved in 30% ACN andpurified by preparative HPLC on a Vydac C-18 column (22×250 mm) using0.1% TFA in water for 5 min followed by a 2.52%/min gradient of 0 to 63%ACN containing 0.1% TFA at a flow rate of 20 mL/min. The main productpeak eluting at 21.5 min was collected and lyophilized to give the titlecompound as a colorless powder (3.5 mg, 25%). MS: m/e 929.4 [M+H]; HighResolution MS: Calcd for C₄₂H₄₅N₁₀O₁₁S₂ [M+H]: 929.2710, Found:929.2698.

Example 63-((1-(3-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-((6-((1-aza-2-(2-Sulfophenyl)vinyl)amino)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propanoylamino)propyl)-7-((imidazole-2-ylamino)methyl)-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicAcid Trifluoroacetate Salt

PartA—3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-((tert-Butoxy)carbonylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propanoicAcid

A solution ofN-(3-(2-(2-(3-aminopropoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)(tert-butoxy)formamide(as described by D. S. Wilbur et al. in Bioconjugate Chem. 1998, 9,322-330) (2.00 g, 6.24 mmol), TEA (1.0 mL, 7.49 mmol), and succinicanhydride (624 mg, 6.24 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (5 mL) was stirred atambient temperatures under a nitrogen atmosphere for 4 h. The DMF wasremoved under reduced pressure to give the title compound as a paleyellow oil (2.80 g). MS: m/e 839.5 [2M−H], 419.4 [M−H].

Part B—Methyl3-((1-(3-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-((tert-Butoxy)carbonylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propanoylamino)propyl-4-oxo-7-(((1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazole-2-yl)amino)methyl)(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoate

The product of Example 4, Part F (46.1 mg, 0.477 mmol) was dissolved in50% TFA/DCM (2.0 mL) for 15 min at ambient temperatures and concentratedto give a yellow oil. This oil was dissolved in anhydrous DMF (1.0 mL)and made basic to pH paper with TEA. In a separate flask, the product ofPart A, above (26.1 mg, 0.062 mmol), TEA (0.014 mL, 0.099 mmol), andHBTU (27.7 mg, 0.074 mmol) were dissolved in anhydrous DMF (1.0 mL). Theresulting solution was allowed to react for 5 min and combined with theDMF solution from the TFA deprotection reaction. The combined solutionswere allowed to stand at ambient temperatures under a nitrogenatmosphere for 20 min and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting oilwas dissolved in 50% ACN and purified by preparative HPLC on a VydacC-18 column (22×250 mm) using a 1.8%/min gradient of 18 to 72% ACNcontaining 0.1% TFA at a flow rate of 20 mL/min. The main product peakeluting at 26.8 min was collected and lyophilized to give the titlecompound as a colorless powder (44.5 mg, 68%). MS: m/e 1268.6 [M+H];High Resolution MS: Calcd for C₆₈H₈₆N₉O₁₃S [M+H]: 1268.6065, Found:1268.6070.

PartC—(2S)-3-[(1-(3-[3-(N-{3-[2-(2-{3-[(tert-Butoxy)carbonylamino]propoxy}ethoxy)ethoxy]propyl}carbamoyl)propanoylamino]propyl}-4-oxo-7-({[1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazole-2-yl]amino}methyl)(3-hydroquinolyl)carbonylamino]-2-{[(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl]amino}propanoicAcid

A solution of the product of Part B, above (31.1 mg, 0.0227 mmol), 3 nLiOH (0.091 mL), and water (0.117 mL) in MeOH (1.30 mL) was stirred atambient temperatures for 8.5 h. The MeOH was removed under vacuum andthe aqueous mixture was diluted with water (30 mL) and adjusted to pH 4with 1.0 N HCl. The resulting aqueous mixture was extracted with DCM(2×50 mL). The combined DCM extracts were washed with saturated NaCl (50mL), dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated to give the title compound as acolorless solid (24.6 mg, 86%).

PartD—3-((1-(3-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-Aminopropoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propanoylamino)propyl)-7-((imidazole-2-ylamino)methyl)-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicAcid bis(Trifluoroacetate) Salt

A solution of the product of Part C, above (24.6 mg, 0.0194 mmol) andEt₃SiH (0.016 mL, 0.097 mmol) in TFA (2.0 mL) was heated at 70° C. undera nitrogen atmosphere for 3 h, and concentrated to give a yellow solid.This solid was dissolved in water (50 mL) and washed with ether (2×25mL). The aqueous layer was lyophilized to give the title compound as apale yellow solid (20.7 mg, 93%). MS: m/e 912.5 [M+H].

PartE—3-((1-(3-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-((6-((1-aza-2-(2-Sulfophenyl)vinyl)amino)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propanoylamino)propyl)-7-((imidazole-2-ylamino)methyl)-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicAcid Trifluoroacetate Salt

A solution of the product of Part D, above (15.5 mg, 0.0136 mmol), TEA(0.010 mL, 0.0746 mmol), and2-(2-aza-2-((5-((2,5-dioxopyrrolidinyl)carbonyl)(2-pyridyl))amino)vinyl)benzenesulfonicacid (8.0 mg, 0.0182 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (2.0 mL) was allowed tostand at ambient temperatures under a nitrogen atmosphere for 24 h. TheDMF was removed under vacuum and the resulting yellow oil was dissolvedin 50% ACN and purified by preparative HPLC on a Vydac C-18 column(22×250 mm) using 0.1% TFA in water for min followed by a 2.52%/mingradient of 0 to 63% ACN containing 0.1% TFA at a flow rate of 20mL/min. The main product peak eluting at 21.7 min was collected andlyophilized to give the title compound as a colorless powder (7.2 mg,40%). MS: m/e 1215.5 [M+H]; High Resolution MS: Calcd for C₅₆H₇₁N₁₂O₁₅S₂[M+H]: 1215.4603, Found: 1215.4580.

Example 72-(2-aza-2-(5-(N-(1,3-bis(3-(2-(2-(3-(3-(N-(3-(3-(N-(3-Carboxy-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)ethyl)carbamoyl)-7-((imidazole-2-ylamino)methyl)4-oxohydroquinolyl)propyl)carbamoyl)propanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)(2-pyridyl))amino)vinyl)benzenesulfonicAcid bis(Trifluoroacetate) Salt

PartA—N,N′-Bis(3-(2-(2-(3-(3-(N-(3-(3-(N-(3-carbomethoxy-2-((2,4,6-trimethylpheny)sulfonyl)amino)ethyl)carbamoyl)-4-oxo-7-(((1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazole-2-yl)amino)methyl)hydroquinolyl)propyl)carbamoyl)propanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)-2-((tert-butoxy)carbonylamino)pentane-1,5-diamide

A solution of the product of Example 6, Part B (50.5 mg, 0.0398 mmol) in50/50 TFA/DCM (2 mL) was allowed to react for 20 min at ambienttemperatures and concentrated to a viscous oil. This oil was taken up inanhydrous DMF and made basic to pH paper with TEA. This solution wastreated with Boc-L-Glu-OH (4.5 mg, 0.0181 mmol) and HBTU (16.6 mg,0.0438 mmol), and allowed to stand at ambient temperatures for 2 h. TheDMF was removed under vacuum and the resulting oil was dissolved in 60%ACN and purified by preparative HPLC on a Vydac C-18 column (22×250 mm)using a 1.8%/min gradient of 18 to 72% ACN containing 0.1% TFA at a flowrate of 20 mL/min. The main product peak eluting at 21.5 min wascollected and lyophilized to give the title compound as a colorlesspowder (38.8 mg, 84%). MS: m/e 2306.5 [M+H−Tr], 2064.4 [M+H−2Tr], 1275.0[M+2H]; High Resolution MS: Calcd for C₁₁₇H₁₅₄N₁₉OS₂ [M+H−Tr]:2305.0753, Found: 2305.0770.

PartB—2-Amino-N,N′-bis(3-(2-(2-(3-(3-(N-(3-(3-(N-(3-carboxy-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)ethyl)carbamoyl)-7-((imidazole-2-ylamino)methyl)4-oxohydroquinolyl)propyl)carbamoyl)propanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)pentane-1,5-diamidetris(Trifluoroacetate) Salt

A solution of the product from Part A, above (38.8 mg, 0.0152 mmol), 3 NLiOH (0.075 mL), and water (0.156 mL) in MeOH (2.0 mL) was stirred atambient temperatures for 18 h. The MeOH was removed under vacuum and theaqueous mixture was diluted with water (50 mL) and adjusted to pH 3using 0.5 N HCl. The mixture was extracted with DCM (2×50 mL). Thecombined DCM extracts were washed with saturated NaCl (50 mL), dried(MgSO₄), and concentrated to give a colorless solid. This solid wasdissolved in TFA (3.0 mL) along with Et₃SiH (0.031 mL, 0.178 mol),heated at 70° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere for 11 h, and concentratedto give a yellow oil. This oil was dissolved in water (25 mL) and washedwith ether (2×25 mL). The aqueous solution was lyophilized to give apale yellow solid. This solid was dissolved in water and purified bypreparative HPLC on a Vydac C-18 column (22×250 mm) using 0.1% TFA inwater for 5 min followed by a 2.52%/min gradient of 0 to 63% ACNcontaining 0.1% TFA at a flow rate of 20 mL/min. The main product peakeluting at 22.4 min was collected and lyophilized to give the titlecompound as a colorless powder (5.1 mg, 18%). MS: m/e 968.2 [M+2H],646.0 [M+3H].

PartC—2-(2-aza-2-(5-(N-(1,3-bis(3-(2-(2-(3-(3-(N-(3-(3-(N-(3-Carboxy-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)ethyl)carbamoyl)-7-((imidazole-2-ylamino)methyl)4-oxohydroquinolyl)propyl)carbamoyl)propanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)(2-pyridyl))amino)vinyl)benzenesulfonicAcid bis(Trifluoroacetate) Salt

A solution of the product of Part B, above (5.1 mg, 0.00224 mmol), TEA(0.002 mL, 0.0115 mmol), and2-(2-aza-2-((5-((2,5-dioxopyrrolidinyl)carbonyl)(2-pyridyl))amino)vinyl)benzenesulfonicacid (1.2 mg, 0.00272 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (2.0 mL) was allowed tostand at ambient temperatures under nitrogen for 72 h. The DMF wasremoved under vacuum and the resulting oil was dissolved in 50% ACN andpurified by preparative HPLC on a Vydac C-18 column (22×250 mm) using0.1% TFA in water for 5 min followed by a 2.52%/min gradient of 0 to 63%ACN containing 0.1% TFA at a flow rate of 20 mL/min. The main productpeak eluting at 23.5 min was collected and lyophilized to give the titlecompound as a colorless powder (0.5 mg, 9.0%). MS: m/e 1120.0 [M+2H];High Resolution MS: Calcd for C₁₀₄H₁₃₇N₂₂O₂₈S₃ [M+]: 2237.9055, Found:2237.9120.

Example 8 DOTA Conjugate of3-((1-(3-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(N-(L-Asp-L-Asp)3-aminoporopoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propanoylamino)propyl)-7-((imidazole-2-ylamino)methyl)-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicAcid Bis(trifluoroacetate) Salt

Part A—Carbobenzyloxy-L-Asp(O-t-Bu)-L-Asp(O-t-Bu)-OMe

A solution of Cbz-Asp(O-t-Bu)-OH (1.54 g, 4.76 mmol),H-Asp(O-t-Bu)-OMe.HCl (1.14 g, 4.76 mmol), DIEA (1.85 mL, 10.5 mmol),and HBTU (1.99 g, 5.24 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was stirred at ambienttemperatures for 18 h. Water (100 mL) and EtOAc (50 mL) were added andthe layers were separated. The water layer was extracted with EtOAc(2×50 mL). The combined EtOAc extracts were washed consecutively withwater (50 mL), 10% KHSO₄ (2×50 mL), and 10% NaHCO₃ (50 mL). The organicphase was dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated to give an oily solid. Thismaterial was triturated with ether to give the title compound as acolorless solid (2.14 g, 89%). MS: m/e 1017.6 [2M+H], 509.4 [M+H].

Part B—Carbobenzyloxy-L-Asp(O-t-Bu)-L-Asp(O-t-Bu)-OH

A mixture of the product of Part A, above (200 mg, 0.393 mmol), LiOH (38mg, 0.865 mmol), water (40 mL), and THF (200 mL) was stirred at ambienttemperatures for 28 h, and concentrated to remove THF. The aqueousmixture was diluted with additional water (20 mL) and washed with EtOAc(20 mL). The aqueous phase was adjusted to pH 4 with 1.0 N HCl andextracted with EtOAc (20 mL). The EtOAc extract was washed withsaturated NaCl (15 mL), dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated to give acolorless solid. This solid was dissolved in 60% ACN and purified bypreparative HPLC on a Vydac C-18 column (22×250 mm) using a 2.4%/mingradient of 18 to 90% ACN containing 0.1% TFA at a flow rate of 20mL/min. The main product peak eluting at 19.0 min was collected andlyophilized to give the title compound as a colorless powder (95 mg,49%).

Part C—Methyl(2S)-3-((1-(3-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(N-Benzyloxycarbonyl-L-Asp(O-t-Bu)-L-Asp(O-t-Bu))3-aminopropoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbomoyl)propanoylamino)propyl)-4-oxo-7-(((1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazole-2-yl)amino)methyl)(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoate

The product of Example 6, Part B (44.0 mg, 0.0894 mmol) in TFA (1.5 mL)was allowed to stand at ambient temperatures for 45 min and concentratedto a yellow oil. This oil was dissolved in anhydrous DMF (2.0 mL) andmade basic to pH paper with TEA. In a separate flask, the product ofPart B, above (69.3 mg, 0.0547 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DMF (2.0mL) and pre-activated by treatment with TEA (0.015 mL, 0.104 mmol) andHBTU (32.6 mg, 0.0859 mmol). After 10 min this solution was added to theDMF solution from the TFA deprotection reaction, and the combinedsolutions were stirred at ambient temperatures for 30 min. The DMF wasremoved under vacuum and the resulting oil was dissolved in 60% ACN andpurified by preparative HPLC on a Vydac C-18 column (22×250 mm) using a1.54%/min gradient of 18 to 72% ACN containing 0.1% TFA at a flow rateof 20 mL/min. The main product peak eluting at 29.9 min was adjusted topH 8 with saturated NaHCO₃ and concentrated to remove the ACN. Theremaining aqueous mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2×40 mL). Thecombined EtOAc extracts were washed with saturated NaCl (40 mL), dried(MgSO₄), and concentrated to give the title compound as a colorlesssolid (56.4 mg, 63%). MS: m/e 1644.8 [M+H]; High Resolution MS: Calcdfor C₈₇H₁₁₀N₁₁O₁₉S [M+H]: 1644.7700, Found: 1644.771.

Part D—Methyl(2S)-3-((1-(3-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(N-(L-Asp(O-t-Bu)-L-Asp(O-t-Bu))3-aminopropoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbomoyl)propanoylamino)propyl)-4-oxo-7-(((1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazole-2-yl)amino)methyl)(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoate

The product of Part C, above (55.0 mg. 0.0335 mmol) was hydrogenolyzedover 10% Pd/C (25 mg) in MeOH (15 mL) at 40 psi for 3.5 h. The catalystwas removed by filtration through filter aid and the filtrate wasconcentrated to give the title compound as a pale yellow oil (41.8-83%).MS: m/e 1510.8 [M+H].

Part E—DOTA-tri-t-Butyl Ester Conjugate of Methyl3-((1-(3-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(N-(L-Asp(O-t-Bu)-L-Asp(O-t-Bu))3-Aminopropoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propanoylamino)propyl-4-oxo-7-(((1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazole-2-yl)amino)methyl)(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoate

A solution of the product of Part D, above (41.8 mg, 0.0277 mmol), theproduct of Example 2, Part B, 39.9 mg, 0.0436 mmol), TEA (0.023 mL,0.166 mmol), and HBTU (15.6 mg, 0.0411 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (3.0 mL)was allowed to stand at ambient temperatures under a nitrogen atmospherefor 20 h. The DMF was removed under vacuum and the resulting oil wasdissolved in 60% ACN and purified by preparative HPLC on a Vydac C-18column (22×250 mm) using a 2.4%/min gradient of 18 to 90% ACN containing0.1% TFA at a flow rate of 20 mL/min. The main product peak eluting at21.2 min was collected and lyophilized to give the title compound as acolorless powder (24.8 mg, 43%). MS: m/e 2066.3 [M+H], 1033.6 [M+2H];High Resolution MS: Calcd for C₁₀₇H₁₅₄N₁₅O₂₄S [M+H]: 2065.1011, Found:2065.1030.

Part F—DOTA Conjugate of3-((1-(3-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(N-(L-Asp-L-Asp)3-aminopropoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propanoylamino)propyl)-7-((imidazole-2-ylamino)methyl)-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylpheny)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicAcid Bis(trifluoroacetate) Salt

A mixture of the product of Part G, above (18.8 mg. 0.0091 mmol), water(0.150 mL), 3 N LiOH (0.015 mL), and peroxide-free THF (1.5 mL) wasstirred at ambient temperatures for 3 h. The THF was removed undervacuum and the aqueous mixture was diluted with water (40 mL) andadjusted to pH 7 with 0.1 N HCl. The mixture was extracted with DCM(2×30 mL) and the combined extracts were concentrated to give a yellowoil. This oil was dissolved in TFA (1.0 mL) along with Et₃SiH (0.030 mL,0.184 mmol) and heated at 40° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere for 48 h.The solution was concentrated and the resulting oil was dissolved inwater and purified by preparative HPLC on a Vydac C-18 column (22×250mm) using 0.1% TFA in water for 5 min followed by a 2.52%/min gradientof 0 to 63% ACN containing 0.1% TFA at a flow rate of 20 mL/min. Themain product peak eluting at 19.9 min was collected and lyophilized togive the title compound as a colorless powder (1.5 mg, 9.4%). MS: m/e1528.9 [M+2H], 765.1 [M+2H], 510.7 [M+3H].

Example 9DOTA/2-Amino-N,N′-bis(3-(2-(2-(3-(3-(N-(3-(3-(N-(3-carboxy-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)ethyl)carbamoyl)-7-((imidazole-2-ylamino)methyl)4-oxohydroquinolyl)propyl)carbamoyl)propanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)pentane-1,5-diamideTris(trifluoroacetate) Salt Conjugate

Part A—DOTA-tri-t-butylEster/2-Amino-N,N′-bis(3-(2-(2-(3-(3-(N-(3-(3-(N-(3-carboxy-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)-sulfonyl)amino)ethyl)carbamoyl)-7-((imidazole-2-ylamino)methyl)4-oxohydroquinolyl)propyl)carbamoyl)propanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)pentane-1,5-diamideHexakis(trifluoroacetate) Salt Conjugate

A solution of the product of Example 2, Part B, HBTU, and DIEA inanhydrous DMF is stirred at ambient temperatures under nitrogen for 15min and treated with the product of Example 7, Part B. The resultingsolution is stirred an additional 18 h and the DMF is removed undervacuum. The resulting residue is purified by preparative HPLC on a C18column using a water:ACN:0.1% TFA gradient. The product fraction islyophilized to give the title compound.

PartB—DOTA/2-Amino-N,N′-bis(3-(2-(2-(3-(3-(N-(3-(3-(N-(3-carboxy-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)-sulfonyl)amino)ethyl)carbamoyl)-7-((imidazole-2-ylamino)methyl)4-oxohydroquinolyl)propyl)carbamoyl)-propanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)pentane-1,5-diamideTris(trifluoroacetate) Salt Conjugate

The product of Part B, above, is dissolved in degassed TFA, treated withtriethylsilane, and heated at 50° C. under nitrogen for 1 h. Thesolution is concentrated under vacuum and the resulting residue ispurified by preparative HPLC on a C18 column using a water:ACN:0.1% TFAgradient. The product fraction is lyophilized to give the titlecompound.

Example 10DOTA/2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-Amino-3-sulfopropyl)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-l-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoicAcid Trifluoroacetate Salt Conjugate

PartA—2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-((tert-Butoxy)-carbonylamino)-3-sulfopropyl)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))-carbonylamino)propanoicAcid

The product of Example 3, Part I is dissolved in anhydrous DMF andtreated with the N-hydroxysuccinimide ester of Boc-cysteic acid (asdescribed in Liebigs Ann. Chem. 1979, 776-783) and DIEA. The solution isstirred at ambient temperatures under nitrogen for 18 h, and the DMF isremoved under vacuum. The resulting residue is purified by preparativeHPLC on a C18 column using a water:ACN:0.1% TFA gradient. The productfraction is lyophilized to give the title compound.

Part B—DOTA-tri-t-ButylEster/2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-Amino-3-sulfopropyl)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)-carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoicAcid Tetrakis(trifluoroacetate) Salt Conjugate

The product of Part A, above, is dissolved in degassed TFA and stirredat ambient temperatures for 15 min. The solution is concentrated undervacuum, and the resulting residue is dissolved in 50% ACN andlyophilized to remove the last traces of TFA.

In a separate flask, a solution of the product of Example 2, Part B andDIEA in anhydrous DMF are treated with HBTU and allowed to react 15 minat ambient temperatures under nitrogen. The deprotected product fromabove is added to this solution and stirring is continued at ambienttemperatures under nitrogen for 18 h. The DMF is removed under vacuumand the resulting residue is purified by preparative HPLC on a C18column using a water:ACN:0.1% TFA gradient. The product fraction islyophilized to give the title compound.

PartC—DOTA/2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-Amino-3-sulfopropyl)-propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))-carbonylamino)propanoicAcid Trifluoroacetate Salt Conjugate

The product of Part B, above, and Et₃SiH are dissolved in degassed TFAand heated at 50° C. under nitrogen for 1 h. The solution isconcentrated and the resulting residue is purified by preparative HPLCon a C18 column using a water:ACN:0.1% TFA gradient. The productfraction is lyophilized to give the title compound.

Example 11DOTA/2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-Amino-3-(4-(phosphonooxy)phenyl)propanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoicAcid Trifluoroacetate Salt Conjugate

The title compound is prepared by the same procedure described forExample 10 by substituting Boc-Tyr(PO₃H₂)-OSu for Boc-Cys(O₃H)-OSu.

Example 12DOTA/2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-Amino-3-(4-(sulfooxy)phenyl)propanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoicAcid Trifluoroacetate Salt Conjugate

The title compound is prepared by the same procedure described forExample 10 by substituting Boc-Tyr(SO₃H)-OSu for Boc-Cys(O₃H)-OSu.

Example 13DOTA/2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-Amino-4-(N-(ethyl-3,6-O-disulfo-β-D-galactopyranosyl)carbamoyl)butanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoicAcid Conjugate

Part A—Preparation ofBoc-Glu(aminoethyl-3,6-O-disulfo-β-D-galactopyranosyl)-OSu

A solution of Boc-Glu-OMe,aminoethyl-3,6-O-disulfo-β-D-galactopyranoside (as described in Tet.Lett. 1997, 53, 11937-11952), DIEA, and HBTU in anhydrous DMF is stirredat ambient temperatures under nitrogen for 18 h. The DMF is removedunder vacuum and the resulting residue is hydrolyzed using aqueous NaOH.The reaction solution is adjusted to pH 7 and purified by preparativeanion exchange chromatography using a resin such as DEAE Cellulose and aEt₃NH₂CO₃ gradient. The product fraction is treated with a cationexchange resin, sodium form, to give the intermediate carboxylic acid asthe sodium salt.

The above compound, N-hydroxysuccinimide, and DCC are dissolved inanhydrous DMF and stirred at ambient temperatures under nitrogen for 18h. The DMF is removed under vacuum and the resulting residue is purifiedby preparative anion exchange chromatography as above to give the titlecompound as the triethylammonium salt.

PartB—DOTA/2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-Amino-4-(N-(ethyl-3,6-O-disulfo-β-D-galactopyranosyl)carbamoyl)butanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoicAcid Conjugate

The title compound is prepared by the same procedure described forExample 10 by substitutingBoc-Glu(aminoethyl-3,6-O-disulfo-β-D-galactopyranosyl)-OSu forBoc-Cys(O₃H)-OSu.

Example 14DOTA/2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-Amino-4-(N-(6-deoxy-β-cyclodextryl)carbamoyl)butanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))-carbonylamino)propanoicAcid Bis(trifluoroacetate) Salt Conjugate

Part A—Preparation of Boc-Glu(6-amino-6-deoxy-β-cyclodextryl)-OMe

A solution of Boc-Glu-OMe, 6-amino-6-deoxy-β-cyclodextrin (as describedin J. Org. Chem. 1996, 61, 903-908), DIEA, and HBTU in anhydrous DMF isstirred at ambient temperatures under nitrogen for 18 h. The DMF isremoved under vacuum and the resulting residue is purified bypreparative HPLC on a C18 column using a water:ACN:0.1% TFA gradient.The product fraction is lyophilized to give the title compound.

Part B—Preparation of Boc-Glu(6-amino-6-deoxy-β-cyclodextryl)-OSu

The product of Part A, above, is hydrolyzed by stirring in a mixture ofLiOH, THF, and water at ambient temperatures under nitrogen for 4 h. TheTHF is removed under vacuum and the resulting mixture is diluted withwater and adjusted to pH 3 using 0.1 N HCl. The mixture is extractedwith EtOAc, and the combined extracts are dried (MgSO₄) andconcentrated. The resulting material is dissolved in anhydrous DMF alongwith N-hydroxysuccinimide, and DCC, and stirred at ambient temperaturesunder nitrogen for 18 h. The DMF is removed under vacuum and theresulting residue is purified by preparative HPLC on a C18 column usinga water:ACN:0.1% TFA gradient. The product fraction is lyophilized togive the title compound.

PartC—DOTA/2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-Amino-4-(N-(6-deoxy-β-cyclodextryl)carbamoyl)butanoylamino)-propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))-carbonylamino)propanoicAcid Bis(trifluoroacetate) Salt Conjugate

The title compound is prepared by the same procedure described forExample 10 by substituting Boc-Glu(6-amino-6-deoxy-β-cyclodextryl)-OSufor Boc-Cys(O₃H)-OSu.

Example 15DOTA/2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-Amino-4-(N-(ω)-methoxypolyethylene(5,000)glycoxyethyl)carbamoyl)butanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)-propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoicAcid Bis(trifluoroacetate) Salt Conjugate

Part A—Preparation of Boc-Glu(amino-ω-methoxypolyethylene glycol)-OMe

A solution of Boc-Glu-OMe, amino-ω-methoxypolyethylene glycol,(MW=5,000), DIEA, and HBTU in anhydrous DMF is stirred at ambienttemperatures under nitrogen for 18 h. The DMF is removed under vacuumand the resulting residue is purified by preparative HPLC on a C18column using a water:ACN:0.1% TFA gradient. The product fraction islyophilized to give the title compound.

Part B—Preparation of Boc-Glu(amino-ω-methoxypolyethylene glycol)-OSu

The product of Part A, above, is hydrolyzed by stirring in a mixture ofLiOH, THF, and water at ambient temperatures under nitrogen for 4 h. TheTHF is removed under vacuum and the resulting solution is adjusted to pH7 using 0.1 N HCl. The solution is desalted using a Sephadex PD-10desalting column and the product eluant is lyophilized. The resultingmaterial is dissolved in anhydrous DMF along with N-hydroxysuccinimide,and DCC, and stirred at ambient temperatures under nitrogen for 18 h.The DMF is removed under vacuum and the resulting residue is purified bypreparative HPLC on a C18 column using a water:ACN:0.1% TFA gradient.The product fraction is lyophilized to give the title compound.

PartC—DOTA/2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-Amino-4-(N-(ω-methoxypolyethylene(5,000)glycoxyethyl)carbamoyl)butanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoicAcid Bis(trifluoroacetate) Salt Conjugate

The title compound is prepared by the same procedure described forExample 10 by substituting Boc-Glu(amino-ω-methoxypolyethyleneglycol)-OSu for Boc-Cys(O₃H)-OSu.

Example 162-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-(1,4,7,10-Tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecylacetylamino)-6-aminohexanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)-propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoicAcid Tris(trifluoroacetate) Salt

The title compound is prepared by the same procedure described forExample 10 by substituting Boc-Lys(Cbz)-OSu for Boc-Cys(O₃H)-OSu.

Example 172-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-(1,4,7,10-Tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecylacetylamino)-6-(2-(bis(phosphonomethyl)amino)acetylamino)hexanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoicAcid Conjugate

A solution of bis(phosphonomethyl)glycine, DIEA, and HBTU in anhydrousDMF is stirred at ambient temperatures under nitrogen for 15 min, andtreated with the product of Example 16. Stirring is continued for 18 hand the DMF is removed under vacuum. The resulting residue is purifiedby ion exchange chromatography.

Example 182-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-(2-((2-((2-(bis(Carboxymethyl)-amino)ethyl)(carboxymethyl)amino)ethyl)(carboxymethyl)amino)acetylamino)-3-sulfopropyl)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoicAcid

The product of Example 10, Part A is dissolved in degassed TFA andstirred at ambient temperatures for 15 min. The solution is concentratedunder vacuum, and the resulting residue is dissolved in 50% ACN andlyophilized to remove the last traces of TFA. The material is dissolvedin anhydrous DMF along with DIEA and diethylenetriaminepentaaceticdianhydride. The resulting solution is stirred at ambient temperaturesunder nitrogen for 18 h. The DMF is removed under vacuum and theresulting residue is purified by preparative HPLC on a C18 column usinga water:ACN:0.1% TFA gradient. The product fraction is lyophilized togive the title compound.

The following procedures describe the synthesis of radiopharmaceuticalsof the present invention of the formula ^(99m)Tc(VnA)(tricine(phosphine), in which (VnA) represents a vitronectinreceptor antagonist compound of the present invention bonded to the Tcthrough a diazenido (—N═N—) or hydrazido (═N—NH—) moiety. The diazenidoor hydrazido moiety results from the reaction of thehydrazinonicotinamido group, presents either as the free hydrazine orprotected as a hydrazone, with the Tc-99m. The other two ligands in theTc coordination sphere are tricine and a phosphine.

Examples 19-23 Synthesis of Complexes [^(99m)Tc (HYNIC-VnA)(tricine)(TPPTS)]

To a lyophilized vial containing 4.84 mg TPPTS, 6.3 mg tricine, 40 mgmannitol, succinic acid buffer, pH 4.8, and 0.1% Pluronic F-64surfactant, was added 1.1 mL sterile water for injection, 0.2 mL (20 μg)of the appropriate HYNIC-conjugated vitronectin antagonist (VnA) indeionized water or 50% aqueous ethanol, and 0.2 mL of ^(99m)TcO₄ ⁻(50±5mCi) in saline. The reconstituted kit was heated in a 100° C. water bathfor 15 minutes, and was allowed to cool 10 minutes at room temperature.A sample of the reaction mixture was analyzed by HPLC. The RCP resultsare listed in the Table 1.

HPLC Method

Column: Zorbax C18 , 25 cm×4.6 mm

Flow rate: 1.0 mL/min

Solvent A: 10 mM sodium phosphate buffer, pH 6.0

Solvent B: 100% CH3CN

Gradient A (Exs. 19, 20, 21) t (min)  0 20 21 30 31 40 % Solvent B  0 2575 75  0  0 Gradient B (Ex. 22) t (min)  0 20 30 31 40 % Solvent B  0 5050  0  0 Gradient C (Ex. 23) t (min)  0 20 21 30 31 40 % Solvent B 10 3075 75  0  0

TABLE 1 Analytical and Yield Data for ^(99m)TC(VnA) (tricine) (TPPTS)Complexes Example Reagent Ret. Time No. No. (min) % Yield 19 1  8.8 7320 3 17.2 81 21 4 17.6 68 22 6 11.7 79 23 7 16.4 52

Example 24 Synthesis of the In-111 Complex of3-((7-((Imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((4-(4-(((3-(2-(2-(3-(2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxylmethyl)cyclododecyl)acetylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicAcid

To a lead shielded and crimped autosampler vial was added 35 μg of theconjugate of Example 2 and 1.0 mg gentisic acid, sodium salt dissolvedin 70 μL ammonium acetate buffer (0.4 M, pH 4.7) followed by theaddition of 2 mCi , 20 μL In-111 in 0.05 N HCl (specific activity: 17μg/mCi). The reaction mixture was heated at 70-80° C. for 60 min andanalyzed by HPLC and ITLC. The complex was formed in 93% yield and had aretention time of 19.6 min.

HPLC Method

Column: Zorbax Rx C18, 25 cm×4.6 mm

Column Temperature: Ambient

Flow: 1.0 mL/min

Solvent A: 10% Acetonitrile/0.1%TFA/H₂O

Solvent B: Acetonitrile

Detector: Sodium iodide (NaI) radiometric probe

Gradient

t (min)  0 25 26 35 36 45 % B 10 20 60 60 10 10

Examples 25-26 Synthesis of ¹⁷⁷Lu and ⁹⁰Y Complexes of3-((7-((Imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((4-(4-(((3-(2-(2-(3-(2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxylmethyl)cyclododecyl)acetylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicAcid.

To a clean sealed 5 mL vial was added 0.3 mL of a solution of thecomjugate of Example 2 (200 μg/mL in 0.5 M ammonium acetate buffer, pH6.9), followed by 0.05 mL of gentisic acid (sodium salt, 10 mg/mL in 0.5M ammonium acetate buffer, pH 6.9) solution, 0.3 mL of 0.5 M ammoniumacetate buffer (pH 6.9), and 0.010 mL of ¹⁷⁷LuCl₃ or ⁹⁰YCl₃ solution(1000 mCi/mL for ¹⁷⁷LuCl₃ and 500 mCi/mL for ⁹⁰YCl₃) in 0.05 N HCl. Theresulting mixture was heated at 100° C. for 30 min. After cooling toroom temperature, a sample of the resulting solution was analyzed byradio-HPLC and ITLC. The radiolabeling yields were=90% (after correctionfor small amount of colloid) for both complex, and the retention timewas 19.2 min.

HPLC Method

Column: Zorbax C18 , 25 cm×4.6 mm

Flow rate: 1.0 mL/min

Solvent A: 0.1% TFA aqueous solution

Solvent B : 100% CH₃CN

t (min)  0 20 25 30 31 40 % Solvent B 10 25 60 60 10 10

The instant thin layer chromatography (ITLC) method used Gelman Sciencessilica-gel strips and a 1:1 mixture of acetone and saline as eluant.

Example 27 Synthesis of ¹⁷⁷Lu Complex of the DOTA Conjugates of3-((1-(3-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(N-(L-Asp-L-Asp-3-aminopropoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbomoyl)propanoylamino)propyl)-7-((imidazole-2-ylamino)methyl)-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)-2-(((2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoic Acid.

To a clean sealed 5 mL vial was added 0.5 mL of a solution of theconjugate of Example 8 (200 μg/mL in 0.5 M ammonium acetate buffer, pH6.9), followed by 0.05 mL of gentisic acid (sodium salt, 10 mg/mL in 0.5M ammonium acetate buffer, pH 6.9) solution, 0.25 mL of 0.5 M ammoniumacetate buffer (pH 6.9), and 0.05 mL of ¹⁷⁷LuCl₃ solution (200 mCi/mL)in 0.05 N HCl. The resulting mixture was heated at 100° C. for 30 min.After cooling to room temperature, a sample of the resulting solutionwas analyzed by radio-HPLC and ITLC. The radiolabeling yield was 75%(after correction for colloid), and the retention time was 20 min.

HPLC Method

Column: Zorbax C18, 25 cm×4.6 mm

Flow rate: 1.0 mL/min

Solvent A: 10 mM phosphate buffer, pH=6

Solvent B: 100% CH₃CN

t (min)  0 20 25 30 31 40 % Solvent B  0 20 50 50  0  0

Example 28 Synthesis of the Gsdolinium Complex of2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-(2-((2-((2-(bis(carboxymethyl)amino)ethyl)(carboxymethyl)amino)ethyl)(carboxymethyl)amino)acetylamino)-3-sulfopropyl)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((7-((imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-1-methyl-4-oxo(3-hydroquinolyl))carbonylamino)propanoicAcid

The gadolinium complex of the conjugate of Example 18 is preparedaccording to the following procedure. 3-3.5 mg of the conjugate isdissolved in 2 mL 1 M ammonium acetate buffer at pH 7.0, and oneequivalent Gd(NO₃)₃ solution (0.02 M in water) is added to it. Thereaction mixture is allowed to stay at room temperature for 3-5 hoursand the product is isolated by HPLC. The fraction containing the complexis lyophilized and dissolved in 1 mL H₂O. The identity of the complex isconfirmed by mass spectroscopy.

Utility

The pharmaceuticals of the present invention are useful for imagingangiogenic tumor vasculature in a patient or for treating cancer in apatient. The radiopharmaceuticals of the present invention comprised ofa gamma emitting isotope are useful for imaging of pathologicalprocesses involving angiogenic neovasculature, including cancer,diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration, restenosis of blood vesselsafter angioplasty, and wound healing. Diagnostic utilities also includeimaging of unstable coronary syndromes (e.g., unstable coronary plaque).The radiopharmaceuticals of the present invention comprised of a beta,alpha or Auger electron emitting isotope are useful for treatment ofpathological processes involving angiogenic neovasculature, bydelivering a cytotoxic dose of radiation to the locus of the angiogenicneovasculature. The treatment of cancer is affected by the systemicadministration of the radiopharmaceuticals resulting in a cytotoxicradiation dose to tumors.

The compounds of the present invention comprised of one or moreparamagnetic metal ions selected from gadolinium, dysprosium, iron, andmanganese, are useful as contrast agents for magnetic resonance imaging(MRI) of pathological processes involving angiogenic neovasculature.

The compounds of the present invention comprised of one or more heavyatoms with atmic number of 20 or greater are useful as X-ray contrastagents for X-ray imaging of pathological processes involving angiogenicneovasculature.

The compounds of the present invention comprised of an echogenic gascontaining surfactant microspheres are useful as ultrasound contrastagents for sonography of pathological processes involving angiogenicneovasculature.

Representative compounds of the present invention were tested in thefollowing in vitro assays and in vivo models and were found to beactive.

Immobilized Human Placental avb3 Receptor Assay

The assay conditions were developed and validated using [I-125]vitronectin. Assay validation included Scatchard format analysis (n=3)where receptor number (Bmax) and Kd (affinity) were determined. Assayformat is such that compounds are preliminarily screened at 10 and 100nM final concentrations prior to IC50 determination. Three standards(vitronectin, anti-avB3 antibody, LM609, and anti-avB5, P1F6) and fivereference peptides have been evaluated for IC50 determination. Briefly,the method involves immobilizing previously isolated receptors in 96well plates and incubating overnight. The receptors were isolated fromnormal, fresh, non-infectious (HIV, hepatitis B and C, syphilis, andHTLV free) human placenta. The tissue was lysed and tissue debrisremoved via centrifugation. The lysate was filtered. The receptors wereisolated by affinity chromatography using the immobilized avb3 antibody.The plates are then washed 3× with wash buffer. Blocking buffer is addedand plates incubated for 120 minutes at room temperature. During thistime compounds to be tested and [I-125] vitronectin are premixed in areservoir plate. Blocking buffer is removed and compound mixturepipetted. Competition is carried out for 60 minutes at room temperature.Unbound material is then removed and wells are separated and counted viagamma scintillation.

Oncomouse® Imaging

The study involves the use of the c-Neu Oncomouse® and FVB micesimultaneously as controls. The mice are anesthetized with sodiumpentobarbital and injected with approximately 0.5 mCi ofradiopharmaceutical. Prior to injection, the tumor locations on eachOncomouse® are recorded and tumor size measured using calipers. Theanimals are positioned on the camera head so as to image the anterior orposterior of the animals. 5 Minute dynamic images are acquired seriallyover 2 hours using a 256×256 matrix and a zoom of 2×. Upon completion ofthe study, the images are evaluated by circumscribing the tumor as thetarget region of interest (ROI) and a background site in the neck areabelow the carotid salivary glands.

This model can also be used to assess the effectiveness of theradiopharmaceuticals of the present invention comprised of a beta, alphaor Auger electron emitting isotope. The radiopharmaceuticals areadministered in appropriate amounts and the uptake in the tumors can bequantified either non-invasively by imaging for those isotopes with acoincident imageable gamma emission, or by excision of the tumors andcounting the amount of radioactivity present by standard techniques. Thetherapeutic effect of the radiopharmaceuticals can be assessed bymonitoring the rate of growth of the tumors in control mice versus thosein the mice administered the radiopharmaceuticals of the presentinvention.

This model can also be used to assess the compounds of the presentinvention comprised of paramagnetic metals as MRI contrast agents. Afteradministration of the appropriate amount of the paramagnetic compounds,the whole animal can be placed in a commercially available magneticresonance imager to image the tumors. The effectiveness of the contrastagents can be readily seen by comparison to the images obtain fromanimals that are not administered a contrast agent.

This model can also be used to assess the compounds of the presentinvention comprised of heavy atoms as X-ray contrast agents. Afteradministration of the appropriate amount of the X-ray absorbingcompounds, the whole animal can be placed in a commercially availableX-ray imager to image the tumors. The effectiveness of the contrastagents can be readily seen by comparison to the images obtain fromanimals that are not administered a contrast agent.

This model can also be used to assess the compounds of the presentinvention comprised of echogenic gas containing surfactant microspheresas ultrasound contrast agents. After administration of the appropriateamount of the echogenic compounds, the tumors in the animal can beimaging using an ultrasound probe held proximate to the tumors. Theeffectiveness of the contrast agents can be readily seen by comparisonto the images obtain from animals that are not administered a contrastagent.

Rabbit Matrigel Model

This model was adapted from a matrigel model intended for the study ofangiogenesis in mice. Matrigel (Becton & Dickinson, USA) is a basementmembrane rich in laminin, collagen IV, entactin, HSPG and other growthfactors. When combined with growth factors such as bFGF [500 ng/ml] orVEGF [2 μg/ml] and injected subcutaneously into the mid-abdominal regionof the mice, it solidifies into a gel and stimulates angiogenesis at thesite of injection within 4-8 days. In the rabbit model, New ZealandWhite rabbits (2.5-3.0 kg) are injected with 2.0 ml of matrigel, plus 1μg bFGF and 4 μg VEGF. The radiopharmaceutical is then injected 7 dayslater and the images obtained.

This model can also be used to assess the effectiveness of theradiopharmaceuticals of the present invention comprised of a beta, alphaor Auger electron emitting isotope. The radiopharmaceuticals areadministered in appropriate amounts and the uptake at the angiogenicsites can be quantified either non-invasively by imaging for thoseisotopes with a coincident imageable gamma emission, or by excision ofthe angiogenic sites and counting the amount of radioactivity present bystandard techniques. The therapeutic effect of the radiopharmaceuticalscan be assessed by monitoring the rate of growth of the angiogenic sitesin control rabbits versus those in the rabbits administered theradiopharmaceuticals of the present invention.

This model can also be used to assess the compounds of the presentinvention comprised of paramagnetic metals as MRI contrast agents. Afteradministration of the appropriate amount of the paramagnetic compounds,the whole animal can be placed in a commercially available magneticresonance imager to image the angiogenic sites. The effectiveness of thecontrast agents can be readily seen by comparison to the images obtainfrom animals that are not administered a contrast agent.

This model can also be used to assess the compounds of the presentinvention comprised of heavy atoms as X-ray contrast agents. Afteradministration of the appropriate amount of the X-ray absorbingcompounds, the whole animal can be placed in a commercially availableX-ray imager to image the angiogenic sites. The effectiveness of thecontrast agents can be readily seen by comparison to the images obtainfrom animals that are not administered a contrast agent.

This model can also be used to assess the compounds of the presentinvention comprised of an echogenic gas containing surfactantmicrosphere as ultrasound contrast agents. After administration of theappropriate amount of the echogenic compounds, the angiogenic sites inthe animal can be imaging using an ultrasound probe held proximate tothe tumors. The effectiveness of the contrast agents can be readily seenby comparison to the images obtain from animals that are notadministered a contrast agent.

Canine Spontaneous Tumor Model

Adult dogs with spontaneous mammary tumors were sedated with xylazine(20 mg/kg)/atropine (1 ml/kg). Upon sedation the animals were intubatedusing ketamine (5 mg/kg)/diazepam (0.25 mg/kg) for full anethesia.Chemical restraint was continued with ketamine (3 mg/kg)/xylazine (6mg/kg) titrating as necessary. If required the animals were ventilatedwith room air via an endotrachael tube (12 strokes/min, 25 ml/kg) duringthe study. Peripheral veins were catheterized using 20 G I.V. catheters,one to serve as an infusion port for compound while the other forexfusion of blood samples. Heart rate and EKG were monitored using acardiotachometer (Biotech, Grass Quincy, Mass.) triggered from a lead IIelectrocardiogram generated by limb leads. Blood samples are generallytaken at ˜10 minutes (control), end of infusion, (1 minute), 15 min, 30min, 60 min, 90 min, and 120 min for whole blood cell number andcounting. Radiopharmaceutical dose was 300 μCi/kg adminitered as an i.v.bolus with saline flush. Parameters were monitored continuously on apolygraph recorder (Model 7E Grass) at a paper speed of 10 mm/min or 10mm/sec.

Imaging of the laterals were for 2 hours with a 256×256 matrix, no zoom,5 minute dynamic images. A known source is placed in the image field(20-90 μCi) to evaluate region of interest (ROI) uptake. Images werealso acquired 24 hours post injection to determine retention of thecompound in the tumor. The uptake is determined by taking the fractionof the total counts in an inscribed area for ROI/source and multiplyingthe known μCi. The result is μCi for the ROI.

This model can also be used to assess the effectiveness of theradiopharmaceuticals of the present invention comprised of a beta, alphaor Auger electron emitting isotope. The radiopharmaceuticals areadministered in appropriate amounts and the uptake in the tumors can bequantified either non-invasively by imaging for those isotopes with acoincident imageable gamma emission, or by excision of the tumors andcounting the amount of radioactivity present by standard techniques. Thetherapeutic effect of the radiopharmaceuticals can be assessed bymonitoring the size of the tumors over time.

This model can also be used to assess the compounds of the presentinvention comprised of paramagnetic metals as MRI contrast agents. Afteradministration of the appropriate amount of the paramagnetic compounds,the whole animal can be placed in a commercially available magneticresonance imager to image the tumors. The effectiveness of the contrastagents can be readily seen by comparison to the images obtain fromanimals that are not administered a contrast agent.

This model can also be used to assess the compounds of the presentinvention comprised of heavy atoms as X-ray contrast agents. Afteradministration of the appropriate amount of the X-ray absorbingcompounds, the whole animal can be placed in a commercially availableX-ray imager to image the tumors. The effectiveness of the contrastagents can be readily seen by comparison to the images obtain fromanimals that are not administered a contrast agent.

This model can also be used to assess the compounds of the presentinvention comprised of an echogenic gas containing surfactantmicrosphere as ultrasound contrast agents. After administration of theappropriate amount of the echogenic compounds, the tumors in the animalcan be imaging using an ultrasound probe held proximate to the tumors.The effectiveness of the contrast agents can be readily seen bycomparison to the images obtain from animals that are not administered acontrast agent.

Obviously, numerous modifications and variations of the presentinvention are possible in light of the above teachings. It is thereforeto be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, theinvention may be practiced otherwise that as specifically describedherein.

What is claimed is described below:
 1. A compound comprising: a) atargeting moiety; and b) a surfactant;  wherein the targeting moiety isbound to the surfactant by 0-1 linking groups; and wherein the targetingmoiety is a nonpeptide which binds to a receptor that is upregulatedduring angiogenesis and the targeting moiety is a compound of Formula(I):

 wherein: R^(1e) is selected from:

D^(e) is selected from: —N(R^(12e))—, or —S—; J^(e) is selected from:—C(R^(2e))— or —N—; K^(e), L^(e) and M^(e) are independently selectedfrom: —C(R^(2e))— or —C(R^(3e))—; R^(2e) and R^(3e) are independentlyselected from: H, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, NR^(11e)R^(12e), halogen, NO₂, CN, CF₃,C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl,C₆-C₁₀ aryl substituted with 0-4 R^(7e), C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, C₂-C₇alkylcarbonyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxycarbonyl, or C₇-C₁₁ arylcarbonyl;alternatively, when R^(2e) and R^(3e) are substituents on adjacentatoms, they can be taken together with the carbon atoms to which theyare attached to form a 5-7 membered carbocyclic or 5-7 memberedheterocyclic aromatic or nonaromatic ring system, said carbocyclic orheterocyclic ring being optionally substituted with 0-2 groups selectedfrom C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, halo, cyano, amino, CF₃ or NO₂; U^(e) isselected from: —(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)O(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—,—(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)N(R^(12e))(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)C(═O)(CH₂)_(m)^(e)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)S(O)_(p) ^(e)(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—, —(CH₂)_(n)^(e)NHNH(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—, —N(R^(10e))C(═O)—, —C(═O)N(R^(10e))—, or—N(R^(10e))S(O)_(p) ^(e)—; W^(e) is —C(═O)—N(R^(10e))—(C₁-C₃ alkylene)-,in which the alkylene group is optionally substituted by: CO₂R^(18ae),C(═O)R^(18ae), CONR^(17e)R^(18ae), C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, substituted with 0-1R^(6e), C₅-C₁₀ alkenyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e) C₅-C₁₀ alkynyl,substituted with 0-1 R^(6e), C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, substituted with 0-1R^(6e), C₅-C₆ cycloalkenyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e), C₁-C₁₀alkylcarbonyl, C₃-C₁₀ cycloalkylalkyl, phenyl substituted with 1-3R^(6e), naphthyl substituted with 0-3 R^(6e), a 5-10 memberedheterocyclic ring containing 1-3 N, O, or S heteroatoms, wherein saidheterocyclic ring is saturated, partially saturated, or fullyunsaturated, said heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2 R^(7e),hydroxy, C₅-C₁₀ alkoxy, nitro, N(R^(10e))R^(11e), —N(R^(16e))R^(17e),C₅-C₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-3 R^(7e), aryl(C₀-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl,aryl(C₃-C₆ alkyl), heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl), CONR^(18ae)R^(20e),SO₂R^(18ae), or SO₂NR^(18ae)R^(20e) and providing that any of the abovealkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl groups is unsubstituted orsubstituted independently with 1-2 R^(7e); R^(6e) is selected from: H,C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, hydroxy, C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy, nitro, C₁-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyl,—N(R^(11e))R^(12e), cyano, halo, CF₃, CHO, CO₂R^(18be), C(═O)R^(18be),CONR^(17e)R^(18be), OC(═O)R^(10e), OR^(10e), OC(═O)NR^(10e)R^(11e),NR^(10e)C(═O)R^(10e), NR^(10e)C(═O)OR^(21e),NR^(10e)C(═O)NR^(10e)R^(11e), NR^(10e)SO₂NR^(10e)R^(11e),NR^(10e)SO₂R^(21e), S(O)_(p) ^(e)R^(11e), SO₂NR^(10e)R^(11e), C₆-C₁₀aryl substituted with 0-3 groups selected from halogen, C₁-C₆ alkoxy,C₁-C₆ alkyl, CF₃, S(O)_(m) ^(e)Me, or —NMe₂; C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, said arylbeing optionally substituted with 1-3 groups selected from halogen,C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ alkyl, CF₃, S(O)_(p) ^(e)Me, or —NMe₂, or a 5-10membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-3 N, O, or S heteroatoms,wherein said heterocyclic ring is saturated, partially saturated, orfully unsaturated, said heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2R^(7e); R^(7e) is selected from: H, C₁-C₄ alkyl, hydroxy, C₁-C₄ alkoxy,C₆-C₁₀ aryl, C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, (C₁-₄ alkyl)carbonyl, CO₂R^(18ae),SO₂R^(11e), SO₂NR^(10e)R^(11e), OR^(10e), or N(R^(11e))R^(12e); Y^(e) isselected from: —COR^(20e), —SO₃H, —PO₃H, —CONHNHSO₂CF₃,—CONHSO₂R^(18ae), —CONHSO₂NHR^(18be), —NHCOCF₃, —NHCONHSO₂R^(18ae),—NHSO₂R^(18ae), —OPO₃H₂, —OSO₃H, —PO₃H₂, —SO₃H, —SO₂NHCOR^(18ae),—SO₂NHCO₂R^(18ae), or

R^(10e) is selected from: H, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁cycloalkylmethyl, aryl, aryl(C₁-C₄ alkyl), or C₁-C₁₀ alkyl substitutedwith 0-2 R^(4e); R^(11e) is selected from: H, hydroxy, C₁-C₈ alkyl,C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylmethyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy,benzyloxy, C₆-C₁₀ aryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, aryl(C₁-₄ alkyl),adamantylmethyl, or C₁-C₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-2 R^(4e);alternatively, when R^(10e) and R^(11e) are both substituents on thesame nitrogen atom they are taken together with the nitrogen atom towhich they are attached to form a heterocycle selected from:3-azabicyclononyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-quinolinyl,1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-isoquinolinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 1-morpholinyl,1-pyrrolidinyl, thiamorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl or 1-piperazinyl; saidheterocycle being optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from:C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₆-C₁₀ aryl, heteroaryl, C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, C₁-C₆alkylcarbonyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkylcarbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxycarbonyl, C₇-C₁₁arylalkoxycarbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkylsulfonyl or C₆-C₁₀ arylsulfonyl; R^(4e)is selected from: H, C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, C₁-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyl, aryl,arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; R^(12e) is selected from: H,C₁-C₆ alkyl, triphenylmethyl, methoxymethyl (MOM),methoxyphenyldiphenylmethyl, trimethylsilylethoxymethyl (SEM), (C₁-C₆alkyl)carbonyl, (C₁-C₆ alkoxy)carbonyl; (C₁-C₆ alkyl)aminocarbonyl,C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl,heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, aryl C₁-C₆ alkyl,(C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl, or arylcarbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkylsulfonyl,arylsulfonyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)sulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl,heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)sulfonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, or aryl(C₁-₆alkoxy)carbonyl, wherein said aryl groups are substituted with 0-2substituents selected from the group consisting of C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄alkoxy, halo, CF₃, and nitro; R^(14e) is selected from: H, C₁-C₄ alkyl,phenyl(C₁-C₄ alkyl), or a bond to the linking group; R^(16e) is selectedfrom: —C(═O)OR^(18ae), —C(═O)R^(18be), —C(═O)N(R^(18be))₂,—C(═O)NHSO₂R^(18ae), —C(═O)NHC(═O)R^(18be), —C(═O)NHC(═O)OR^(18ae),—C(═O)NHSO₂NHR^(18be), —SO₂R^(18ae), —SO₂N(R^(18be))₂ or,—SO₂NHC(═O)OR^(18be); R^(17e) is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, orheteroaryl(C₁-₆ alkyl); R^(18ae) is selected from: C₁-C₈ alkyloptionally substituted with a bond to the linking group, C₃-C₁₁cycloalkyl optionally substituted with a bond to the linking group,aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- optionally substituted with a bond to the linkinggroup, heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- optionally substituted with a bond tothe linking group, (C₁-C₆ alkyl)heteroaryl optionally substituted with abond to the linking group, biaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl) optionally substitutedwith a bond to the linking group, heteroaryl optionally substituted witha bond to the linking group, phenyl substituted with 3-4 R^(19e) andoptionally substituted with a bond to the linking group, naphthylsubstituted with 0-4 R^(19e) and optionally substituted with a bond tothe linking group, and a bond to the linking group, wherein said aryl orheteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 0-4 R^(19e); R^(18be)is selected from: R^(18ae) or H; R^(19e) is selected from: H, halogen,CF₃, CO₂H, CN, NO₂, NR^(11e)R^(12e), C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl(C₁-₆ alkyl)-,C₁-C₆ alkoxy, OCF₃, or C₁-₄ alkoxycarbonyl, aryl, —O—aryl, —SO₂—aryl,heteroaryl, or —SO₂-heteroaryl, wherein said aryl and heteroaryl groupsare each substituted with 0-4 groups selected from hydrogen, halogen,CF₃, C₁-C₃ alkyl, or C₁-C₃ alkoxy; R^(20e) is selected from: hydroxy,C₁-C₁₀ alkyloxy, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyloxy, C₆-C₁₀ aryloxy, C₇-C₁₁aralkyloxy, C₃-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₃-C₁₀alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₂-C₁₀ alkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀cycloalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀ cycloalkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy,C₅-C₁₀ cycloalkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C₇-C₁₁ aryloxycarbonylalkyloxy,C₈-C₁₂ aryloxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₈-C₁₂ arylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy,C₅-C₁₀ alkoxyalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀(5-alkyl-1,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)methyloxy, C₁₀-C₁₄(5-aryl-1,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)methyloxy, or(R^(11e))(R^(12e))N—(C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy)-; R^(21e) is selected from: C₁-C₈alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylmethyl, C₆-C₁₀aryl, C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, or C₁-C₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-2 R^(7e);m^(e) is 0-2; n^(e) is 0-4; p^(e) is 0-2; with the following provisos:(1) n^(e) and m^(e) are selected such that the number of atomsconnecting R^(1e) and Y^(e) is in the range of 8-14; (2) in thedefinition of W^(e), the substituent on the alkylene group is not anunsubstituted pyridyl radical.
 2. A compound according to claim 1wherein the surfactant is a lipid or a compound of the formula:

A⁹ is selected from the group: OH and OR²⁷; A¹⁰ is OR²⁷; R²⁷ isC(═O)C₁₋₂₀ alkyl; E¹ is C₁₋₁₀ alkylene substituted with 1-3 R²⁸; R²⁸ isindependently selected at each occurrence from the group: R³⁰,—PO₃H-R³⁰, ═O, —CO₂R²⁹, —C(═O)R²⁹, —C(═O)N(R²⁹)₂, —CH₂OR²⁹, —OR²⁹,—N(R²⁹)₂, C₁-C₅ alkyl, and C₂-C₄ alkenyl; R²⁹ is independently selectedat each occurrence from the group: R³⁰, H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, phenyl, benzyl,and trifluoromethyl; R³⁰ is a bond to the linking group.
 3. A compoundaccording to claim 1 wherein the linking group is absent.
 4. A compoundaccording to claim 1 wherein the linking group is L_(n) is of theformula:(CR⁶R⁷)_(g)—(W)_(h)—(CR^(6a)R^(7a))_(g′)—(Z)_(k)—(W)_(h′)—(CR⁸R⁹)_(g″)—(W)_(h″)—(CR^(8a)R^(9a))_(g′″)W is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: O, S, NH,NHC(═O), C(═O)NH, C(═O), C(═O)O, OC(═O), NHC(═S)NH, NHC(═O)NH, SO₂,(OCH₂CH₂)₂₀₋₂₀₀, (CH₂CH₂O)₂₀₋₂₀₀, (OCH₂CH₂CH₂)₂₀₋₂₀₀,(CH₂CH₂CH₂O)₂₀₋₂₀₀, and (aa)_(t′); aa is independently at eachoccurrence an amino acid; Z is selected from the group: aryl substitutedwith 0-3 R¹⁰, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, and a 5-10membered heterocyclic ring system containing 1-4 heteroatomsindependently selected from N, S, and O and substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰;R⁶, R^(6a), R⁷, R^(7a), R⁸, R^(8a), R⁹ and R^(9a)are independentlyselected at each occurrence from the group: H, ═O, COOH, SO₃H, PO₃H,C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, aryl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰,benzyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, and C₁-C₅ alkoxy substituted with 0-3R¹⁰, NHC(═O)R¹¹, C(═O)NHR¹¹, NHC(═O)NHR¹¹, NHR¹¹, R¹¹, and a bond to thesurfactant; R¹⁰ is independently selected at each occurrence from thegroup: a bond to the surfactant, COOR¹¹, OH, NHR¹¹, SO₃H, PO₃H, arylsubstituted with 0-3 R¹¹, C₁₋₅ alkyl substituted with 0-1 R¹², C₁₋₅alkoxy substituted with 0-1 R¹², and a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ringsystem containing 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, andO and substituted with 0-3 R¹¹; R¹¹ is independently selected at eachoccurrence from the group: H, aryl substituted with 0-1 R¹², a 5-10membered heterocyclic ring system containing 1-4 heteroatomsindependently selected from N, S, and O and substituted with 0-1 R¹²,C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1 R¹², amino acid substituted with0-1 R¹², and a bond to the surfactant; R¹² is a bond to the surfactant;k is selected from 0, 1, and 2; h is selected from 0, 1, and 2; h′ isselected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; h″ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4,and 5; g is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10; g′ isselected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10; g″ is selected from0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10; g′″ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3,4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10; and t′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,7, 8, 9, and
 10. 5. A compound according to claim 1 wherein the receptoris selected from the group: EGFR, FGFR, PDGFR, Flk-1/KDR, Flt-1, Tek,Tie, neuropilin-1, endoglin, endosialin, Ax1, α_(v)β₃, α_(v)β₅, α₅β₁,α₄β₁, α₁β₁, and α₂β₂.
 6. A compound according to claim 1, wherein thereceptor is selected from the group: EGFR, FGFR, PDGFR, Flk-1/KDR,Flt-1, Tek, Tie, neuropilin-1, endoglin, endosialin, Axl, α_(v)β₃,α_(v)β₅, α₅β₁, α₄β₁, α₁β₁, and α₂β₂ and the linking group is presentbetween the targeting moiety and surfactant.
 7. A compound of theformula: (Q)_(d)—L_(n)—S_(f) wherein, Q is a compound of Formula (I),which binds to a α_(v)β₃ receptor:

wherein: R^(1e) is selected from:

D^(e) is selected from: —N(R^(12e))—, or —S—; J^(e) is selected from:—C(R^(2e))— or —N—; K^(e), L^(e) and M^(e) are independently selectedfrom:—C(R^(2e))— or —C(R^(3e))—; R^(2e) and R^(3e) are independentlyselected from: H, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, NR^(11e)R^(12e), halogen, NO₂, CN, CF₃,C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl,C₆-C₁₀ aryl substituted with 0-4 R^(7e), C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, C₂-C₇alkylcarbonyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxycarbonyl, or C₇-C₁₁ arylcarbonyl;alternatively, when R^(2e) and R^(3e) are substituents on adjacentatoms, they are taken together with the carbon atoms to which they areattached to form a 5-7 membered carbocyclic or 5-7 membered heterocyclicaromatic or nonaromatic ring system, said carbocyclic or heterocyclicring being optionally substituted with 0-2 groups selected from C₁-C₄alkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, halo, cyano, amino, CF₃ or NO₂; U^(e) is selectedfrom: —(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)O(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—, —(CH₂)_(n)^(e)N(R^(12e))(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)C(═O)(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—,—(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)S(O)_(p) ^(e)(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—, —(CH₂)_(n)^(e)NHNH(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—, —N(R^(10e))C(═O)—, —C(═O)N(R^(10e))—, or—N(R^(10e))S(O)_(p) ^(e)—; W^(e) is —C(═O)—N(R^(10e))—(C₁-C₃ alkylene)-,in which the alkylene group is optionally substituted by: CO₂R^(18ae),C(═O)R^(18ae), CONR^(17e)R^(18ae), C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, substituted with 0-1R^(6e), C₅-C₁₀ alkenyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e), C₅-C₁₀ alkynyl,substituted with 0-1 R^(6e), C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, substituted with 0-1R^(6e), C₅-C₆ cycloalkenyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e), C₁-C₁₀alkylcarbonyl, C₃-C₁₀ cycloalkylalkyl, phenyl substituted with 1-3R^(6e), naphthyl substituted with 0-3 R^(6e), a 5-10 memberedheterocyclic ring containing 1-3 N, O, or S heteroatoms, wherein saidheterocyclic ring is saturated, partially saturated, or fullyunsaturated, said heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2 R^(7e),hydroxy, C₅-C₁₀ alkoxy, nitro, N(R^(10e))R^(11e), —N(R^(16e))R^(17e),C₅-C₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-3 R^(7e), aryl(C₀-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl,aryl(C₃-C₆ alkyl), heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl), CONR^(18ae)R^(20e),SO₂R^(18ae), or SO₂NR^(18ae)R^(20e) and providing that any of the abovealkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl groups optionally unsubstituted orsubstituted independently with 1-2 R^(7e); R^(6e) is selected from: H,C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, hydroxy, C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy, nitro, C₁-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyl,—N(R^(11e))R^(12e), cyano, halo, CF₃, CHO, CO₂R^(18be), C(═O)R^(18be),CONR^(17e)R^(18be), OC(═O)R^(10e), OR^(10e), OC(═O)NR^(10e)R^(11e),NR^(10e)C(═O)R^(10e), NR^(10e)C(═O)OR^(21e),NR^(10e)C(═O)NR^(10e)R^(11e), NR^(10e)SO₂NR^(11e)R^(11e),NR^(10e)SO₂R^(21e), S(O)_(p) ^(e)R^(11e), SO₂NR^(10e)R^(11e), C₆-C₁₀aryl optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from halogen, C₁-C₆alkoxy, C₁-C₆ alkyl, CF₃, S(O)_(m) ^(e)Me, or —NMe₂; C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl,said aryl being optionally substituted with 1-3 groups selected fromhalogen, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ alkyl, CF₃, S(O)_(p) ^(e)Me, or —NMe₂, or a5-10 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-3 N, O, or S heteroatoms,wherein said heterocyclic ring issaturated, partially saturated, orfully unsaturated, said heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2R^(7e); R⁷e is selected from: H, C₁-C₄ alkyl, hydroxy, C₁-C₄ alkoxy,C₆-C₁₀ aryl, C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, (C₁-C₄ alkyl)carbonyl, CO₂R^(18ae),SO₂R^(11e), SO₂NR^(10e)R^(11e), OR^(10e), or N(R^(11e))R^(12e); Y^(e) isselected from: —COR^(20e), —SO₃H, —PO₃H, —CONHNHSO₂CF₃,—CONHSO₂R^(18ae), —CONHSO₂NHR^(18be), —NHCOCF₃, —NHCONHSO₂R^(18ae),—NHSO₂R^(18ae), —OPO₃H₂, —OSO₃H, —PO₃H₂, —SO₃H, —SO₂NHCOR^(18ae),—SO₂NHCO₂R^(18ae), or

R^(10e) is selected from: H, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁cycloalkylmethyl, aryl, aryl(C₁-C₄ alkyl), or C₁-C₁₀ alkyl substitutedwith 0-2 R^(4e); R^(11e) is selected from: H, hydroxy, C₁-C₈ alkyl,C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylmethyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy,benzyloxy, C₆-C₁₀ aryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, aryl(C₁-C₄ alkyl),adamantylmethyl, or C₁-C₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-2 R^(4e);alternatively, when R^(10e) and R^(11e) are both substituents on thesame nitrogen atom they are taken together with the nitrogen atom towhich they are attached to form a heterocycle selected from:3-azabicyclononyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-quinolinyl,1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-isoquinolinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 1-morpholinyl,1-pyrrolidinyl, thiamorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl or 1-piperazinyl; saidheterocycle being optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from:C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₆-C₁₀ aryl, heteroaryl, C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, C₁-C₆alkylcarbonyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkylcarbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxycarbonyl, C₇-C₁₁arylalkoxycarbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkylsulfonyl or C₆-C₁₀ arylsulfonyl; R^(4e)is selected from: H, C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, C₁-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyl, aryl,arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; R^(12e) is selected from: H,C₁-C₆ alkyl, triphenylmethyl, methoxymethyl (MOM),methoxyphenyldiphenylmethyl, trimethylsilylethoxymethyl (SEM), (C₁-C₆alkyl)carbonyl, (C₁-C₆ alkoxy)carbonyl; (C₁-C₆ alkyl)aminocarbonyl,C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl,heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, aryl C₁-C₆ alkyl,(C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl, or arylcarbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkylsulfonyl,arylsulfonyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)sulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl,heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)sulfonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, or aryl(C₁-C₆alkoxy)carbonyl, wherein said aryl groups are substituted with 0-2substituents selected from the group consisting of C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄alkoxy, halo, CF₃, and nitro; R^(16e) is selected from: —C(═O)OR^(18ae),—C(═O)R^(18be), —C(═O)N(R^(18be))₂, —C(═O)NHSO₂R^(18ae),—C(═O)NHC(═O)R^(18be), —C(═O)NHC(═O)OR^(18ae), —C(═O)NHSO₂NHR^(18be),—SO₂R^(18ae), —SO₂N(R^(18be))₂ or, —SO₂NHC(═O)OR^(18be); R^(17e) isselected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl,aryl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, or heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl); R^(18ae) isselected from: C₁-C₈ alkyl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),(C₁-C₆ alkyl)heteroaryl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),biaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl) optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),heteroaryl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), phenylsubstituted with 3-4 R^(19e) and optionally substituted with a bond toL_(n), naphthyl substituted with 0-4 R^(19e) and optionally substitutedwith a bond to L_(n), and a bond to L_(n), wherein said aryl orheteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 0-4 R^(19e); R^(18be)is selected from: R^(18ae) or H; R^(19e) is selected from: H, halogen,CF₃, CO₂H, CN, NO₂, NR^(11e)R^(12e), C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-,C₁-C₆ alkoxy, OCF₃, or C₁-C₄ alkoxycarbonyl, aryl, —O-aryl, —SO₂-aryl,heteroaryl, or —SO₂-heteroaryl, wherein said aryl and heteroaryl groupsare optionally substituted with 0-4 groups selected from hydrogen,halogen, CF₃, C₁-C₃ alkyl, or C₁-C₃ alkoxy; R^(20e) is selected from:hydroxy, C₁-C₁₀ alkyloxy, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyloxy, C₆-C₁₀ aryloxy, C₇-C₁₁aralkyloxy, C₃-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₃-C₁₀alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₂-C₁₀ alkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀cycloalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀ cycloalkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy,C₅-C₁₀ cycloalkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C₇-C₁₁ aryloxycarbonylalkyloxy,C₈-C₁₂ aryloxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₈-C₁₂ arylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy,C₅-C₁₀ alkoxyalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀(5-alkyl-1,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)methyloxy, C₁₀-C₁₄(5-aryl-1,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)methyloxy, or(R^(11e))(R^(12e))N—(C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy)-; R^(21e) is selected from: C₁-C₈alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylmethyl, C₆-C₁₀aryl, C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, or C₁-C₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-2 R^(7e);m^(e) is 0-2; n^(e) is 0-4; p^(e) is 0-2; with the following provisos:(1) n^(e) and m^(e) are selected such that the number of atomsconnecting R^(1e) and Y^(e) is in the range of 8-14; (2) in thedefinition of W^(e), the substituent on the alkylene group is not anunsubstituted pyridyl radical; d is selected from 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9, and10; S_(f) is a surfactant which is a lipid or a compound of the formula:

A⁹ is selected from the group: OH and OR²⁷; A¹⁰ is OR²⁷; R²⁷ isC(═O)C₁₋₂₀ alkyl; E¹ is C₁₋₁₀ alkylene substituted with 1-3 R²⁸; R²⁸ isindependently selected at each occurrence from the group: R³⁰,—PO₃H—R³⁰, ═O, —CO₂R²⁹, —C(═O)R²⁹, —C(═O)N(R²⁹)₂, —CH₂OR²⁹, —OR²⁹,—N(R²⁹)₂, C₁-C₅ alkyl, and C₂-C₄ alkenyl; R²⁹ is independently selectedat each occurrence from the group: R³⁰, H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, phenyl, benzyl,and trifluoromethyl; R³⁰ is a bond to L_(n); L_(n) is a linking grouphaving the formula:(CR⁶R⁷)_(g)—(W)_(h)—(CR^(6a)R^(7a))_(g′)—(Z)_(k)—(W)_(h′)—(CR⁸R⁹)_(g″)—(W)_(h″)—(CR^(8a)R^(9a))_(g′″)W is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: O, S, NH,NHC(═O), C(═O)NH, C(═O), C(═O)O, OC(═O), NHC(═S)NH, NHC(═O)NH, SO₂,(OCH₂CH₂)₂₀₋₂₀₀, (CH₂CH₂O)₂₀₋₂₀₀, (OCH₂CH₂CH₂)₂₀₋₂₀₀,(CH₂CH₂CH₂O)₂₀₋₂₀₀, and (aa)_(t′); aa is independently at eachoccurrence an amino acid; Z is selected from the group: aryl substitutedwith 0-3 R¹⁰, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, and a 5-10membered heterocyclic ring system containing 1-4 heteroatomsindependently selected from N, S, and O and substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰;R⁶, R^(6a), R⁷, R^(7a), R⁸, R^(8a), R⁹ and R^(9a) are independentlyselected at each occurrence from the group: H, ═O, COOH, SO₃H, PO₃H,C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, aryl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰,benzyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, and C₁-C₅ alkoxy substituted with 0-3R¹⁰, NHC(═O)R¹¹, C(═O)NHR¹¹, NHC(═O)NHR¹¹, NHR¹¹, R¹¹, and a bond toS_(f); R¹⁰ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group:a bond to S_(f), COOR¹¹, OH, NHR¹¹, SO₃H, PO₃H, aryl substituted with0-3 R¹¹, C₁₋₅ alkyl substituted with 0-1 R¹², C₁₋₅ alkoxy substitutedwith 0-1 R¹², and a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring system containing1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, and O and substitutedwith 0-3 R¹¹; R¹¹ is independently selected at each occurrence from thegroup: H, aryl substituted with 0-1 R¹ 2, a 5-10 membered heterocyclicring system containing 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S,and O and substituted with 0-1 R¹², C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl substituted with0-1 R¹², amino acid substituted with 0-1 R¹², and a bond to S_(f); R¹²isa bond to S_(f); k is selected from 0, 1, and 2; h is selected from 0,1, and 2; h′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; h″ is selected from0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; g is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,and 10; g′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10; g″ isselected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10; g′″ is selected from0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10; and t′ is selected from 0, 1, 2,3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10; or stereoisomeric forms thereof, ormixtures of stereoisomeric forms thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptablesalt forms thereof.
 8. A compound of formula: Q—L_(n)—S_(f) wherein, Qis a compound of Formula II:

and wherein: R^(1e) is selected from:

A^(e) is selected from: —CH₂—, or —N(R^(12e))—; A^(1e) and B^(e) areindependently: —CH₂— or —N(R^(10e))—; D^(e) is selected from:—N(R^(12e))—, or —S—; E^(e)—F^(e) is selected from:—C(R^(2e))═C(R^(3e))—, or —C(R^(2e))₂C(R^(3e))₂—; J^(e) is selectedfrom: —C(R^(2e))— or —N—, K^(e), L^(e) and M^(e) are independentlyselected from: —C(R^(2e))— or —C(R^(3e))—; R^(2e) and R^(3e) areindependently selected from: H, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, NR^(11e)R^(12e), halogen,NO₂, CN, CF₃, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁cycloalkylalkyl, C₆-C₁₀ aryl substituted with 0-4 R^(7e), C₇-C₁₁arylalkyl, C₂-C₇ alkylcarbonyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxycarbonyl, or C₇-C₁₁arylcarbonyl; alternatively, when R^(2e) and R^(3e) are substituents onadjacent atoms, they are taken together with the carbon atoms to whichthey are attached to form a 5-7 membered carbocyclic or 5-7 memberedheterocyclic aromatic or nonaromatic ring system, said carbocyclic orheterocyclic ring being optionally substituted with 0-2 groups selectedfrom C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, halo, cyano, amino, CF₃ or NO₂; R^(2ae)is absent or R^(12e); U^(e) is selected from: —(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)—,—(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)O(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)N(R^(12e))(CH₂)_(m)^(e)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)C(═O)(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)S(O)_(p)^(e)(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(e)NHNH(CH₂)_(m) ^(e)—,—N(R^(10e))C(═O)—, —C(═O)N(R^(10e))—, or —N(R^(10e))S(O)_(p) ^(e)—;G^(e) is selected from: N or CR^(19e); W^(e) is —C(═O)—N(R^(10e))—(C₁-C₃alkylene)-, in which the alkylene group is optionally substituted by:CO₂R^(18ae), C(═O)R^(18ae), CONR^(17e)R^(18ae), C₁-C₁₀ alkyl,substituted with 0-1 R^(6e), C₂-C₁₀ alkenyl, substituted with 0-1R^(6e), C₂-C₁₀ alkynyl, substituted with 0-1 R^(6e), C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl,substituted with 0-1 R^(6e), C₅-C₆ cycloalkenyl, substituted with 0-1R^(6e), C₁-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyl, C₃-C₁₀ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl substitutedwith 0-3 R^(6e), a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-3 N, O,or S heteroatoms, wherein said heterocyclic ring is saturated, partiallysaturated, or fully unsaturated, said heterocyclic ring beingsubstituted with 0-2 R^(7e), hydroxy, C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy, nitro, OR^(22e)N(R^(10e))R^(11e), —N(R^(16e))R^(17e), aryl(C₀-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl,aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl), heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl), CONR^(18ae)R^(20e),SO₂R^(18ae), or SO₂NR^(18ae)R^(20e), and providing that any of the abovealkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl groups areunsubstituted orsubstituted independently with 1-2 R^(7e); Y^(e) is selected from:—COR^(20e), —SO₃H, —PO₃H, —CONHNHSO₂CF₃, —CONHSO₂R^(18ae),—CONHSO₂NHR^(18be), —NHCOCF₃, —NHCONHSO₂R^(18ae), —NHSO₂R^(18ae),—OPO₃H₂, —OSO₃H, —PO₃H₂, —SO₃H, —SO₂NHCOR^(18ae), —SO₂NHCO₂R^(18ae), or

R^(6e) is selected from: H, C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, hydroxy, C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy, nitro,C₁-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyl, —N(R^(11e))R^(12e), cyano, halo, CF₃, CHO,CO₂R^(18be), C(═O)R^(18be), CONR^(17e)R^(18be), OC(═O)R^(10e), OR^(10e),OC(═O)NR^(10e)R^(11e), NR^(10e)C(═O)R^(10e), NR^(10e)C(═O)OR^(21e),NR^(10e)C(═O)NR^(10e)R^(11e), NR^(10e)O₂NR^(10e)R^(11e),NR^(10e)SO₂R^(21e), S(O)_(p) ^(e)R^(11e), SO₂NR^(10e)R^(11e), C₆-C₁₀aryl optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from halogen, C₁-C₆alkoxy, C₁-C₆ alkyl, CF₃, S(O)_(m) ^(e)Me, or —NMe₂; C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl,said aryl being optionally substituted with 1-3 groups selected fromhalogen, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ alkyl, CF₃, S(O)_(p) ^(e)Me, or —NMe₂, a5-10 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-3 N, O, or S heteroatoms,wherein said heterocyclic ring issaturated, partially saturated, orfully unsaturated, said heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2R^(7e); R^(7e) is selected from: H, C₁-C₄ alkyl, hydroxy, C₁-C₄ alkoxy,C₆-C₁₀ aryl, C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, (C₁-C₄ alkyl)carbonyl, CO₂R^(18ae),SO₂R^(11e), SO₂NR^(10e)R^(11e), OR^(10e), or N(R^(11e))R^(12e); R^(10e)is selected from: H, CF₃, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁cycloalkylmethyl, C₆-C₁₀ aryl, aryl(C₁-C₄ alkyl), C₁-C₁₀ alkylsubstituted with 0-2 R^(6e), or a bond to L_(n); R^(11e) is selectedfrom: H, hydroxy, C₁ to C₈ alkyl, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl,C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylmethyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, benzyloxy, C₆-C₁₀ aryl,heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, adamantylmethyl, orC₁-C₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-2 R^(4e); alternatively, when R^(10e)and R^(11e) are both substituents on the same nitrogen atom (as in—NR^(10e)R^(11e)) they are taken together with the nitrogen atom towhich they are attached to form a heterocycle selected from:3-azabicyclononyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-quinolinyl,1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-isoquinolinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 1-morpholinyl,1-pyrrolidinyl, thiamorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl or 1-piperazinyl; saidheterocycle being optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from:C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₆-C₁₀ aryl, heteroaryl, C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, C₁-C₆alkylcarbonyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkylcarbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxycarbonyl, C₇-C₁₁arylalkoxycarbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkylsulfonyl or C₆-C₁₀ arylsulfonyl; R^(4e)is selected from: H, C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, C₁-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyl, aryl,arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; R^(12e) is selected from: H,C₁-C₆ alkyl, triphenylmethyl, methoxyphenyldiphenylmethyl, methoxymethyl(MOM), trimethylsilylethoxymethyl (SEM), (C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl, (C₁-C₆alkoxy)carbonyl; (C₁-C₆ alkyl)aminocarbonyl, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₇cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)carbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, aryl C₁-C₆ alkyl, (C₁-C₆alkyl)carbonyl, or arylcarbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl,aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)sulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, heteroaryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)sulfonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, or aryl(C₁-C₆ alkoxy)carbonyl, whereinsaid aryl groups are substituted with 0-2 substituents selected from thegroup consisting of C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, halo, CF₃, and nitro;R^(16e) is selected from: —C(═O)OR^(18ae), —C(═O)R^(18be),—C(═O)N(R^(108be))₂, —C(═O)NHSO₂R^(18ae), —C(═O)NHC(═O)R^(18be),—C(═O)NHC(═O)OR^(18ae), —C(═O)NHSO₂NHR^(18be), —SO₂R^(18ae),—SO₂N(R^(18be))₂ or, —SO₂NHC(═O)OR^(18be); R^(17e) is selected from: H,C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)-, or heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl); R^(18ae) is selected from: C₁-C₈alkyl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyloptionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), (C₁-C₆ alkyl)heteroaryloptionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), biaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), heteroaryl optionallysubstituted with a bond to L_(n), phenyl substituted with 3-4 R^(19e)and optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), naphthyl substitutedwith 0-4 R^(19e) and optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), and abond to L_(n), wherein said aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionallysubstituted with 0-4 R^(19e); R^(18be) is selected from: R^(18ae) or H;R^(19e) is selected from: H, halogen, CF₃, CO₂H, CN, NO₂,NR^(11e)R^(12e), C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₂-C₆ alkynyl, C₃-C₁₁cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, C₁-C₆ alkoxy,OCF₃, or C₁-C₄alkoxycarbonyl, aryl, —O-aryl, —SO₂-aryl, heteroaryl, or—SO₂-heteroaryl, wherein said aryl and heteroaryl groups are optionallysubstituted with 0-4 groups selected from hydrogen, halogen, CF₃, C₁-C₃alkyl, or C₁-C₃ alkoxy; R^(20e) is selected from: hydroxy, C₁-C₁₀alkyloxy, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyloxy, C₆-C₁₀ aryloxy, C₇-C₁₁ aralkyloxy,C₃-C₁₀ alkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₃-C₁₀ alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy,C₂-C₁₀ alkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀ cycloalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy,C₅-C₁₀ cycloalkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀cycloalkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C₇-C₁₁ aryloxycarbonylalkyloxy, C₈-C₁₂aryloxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₈-C₁₂ arylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀alkoxyalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀(5-alkyl-1,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)methyloxy, C₁₀-C₁₄(5-aryl-1,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)methyloxy, or(R^(11e))(R^(12e))N-(C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy)-; R^(21e) is selected from: C₁-C₈alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylmethyl, C₆-C₁₀aryl, C₇-C₁₁ arylalkyl, or C₁-C₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-2 R^(7e);R^(22e) is selected from: —C(═O)—R^(18be), C(═O)N(R^(18be))₂,—C(═O)NHSO₂R^(18ae), —C(═O)NHC(═O)R^(18be), —C(═O)NHC(═O)OR^(18ae) or,—C(═O)NHSO₂NHR^(18be), m^(e) is 0-2; n^(e) is 0-4; p^(e) is 0-2; r^(e)is 0-2; with the following provisos: (1) n^(e), and m^(e) are selectedsuch that the number of atoms connecting R^(1e) and Y^(e) is in therange of 8-14; (2) when all R^(19e) groups are H, G^(e) must be N; (3)when G^(e) is CR^(19e), at least one R^(19e) group is not H. S_(f) is asurfactant which is a lipid or a compound of the formula:

A⁹ is OR²⁷; A¹⁰ is OR²⁷; R²⁷ is C(═O)C₁₋₁₅ alkyl; E¹ is C₁₋₄ alkylenesubstituted with 1-3 R²⁸; R²⁸ is independently selected at eachoccurrence from the group: R³⁰, —PO₃H—R³⁰, ═O, —CO₂R²⁹, —C(═O)R²⁹,—CH₂OR²⁹, —OR²⁹, and C₁-C₅ alkyl; R²⁹ is independently selected at eachoccurrence from the group: R³⁰, H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, phenyl, and benzyl; R³⁰is a bond to L_(n); L_(n) is a linking group having the formula:(CR⁶R⁷)_(g)—(W)_(h)—(CR^(6a)R^(7a))_(g′)—(Z)_(k)—(W)_(h′)—(CR⁸R⁹)_(g″)—(W)_(h″)—(CR^(8a)R^(9a))_(g′″)W is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: O, S, NH,NHC(═O), C(═O)NH, C(═O), C(═O)O, OC(═O), NHC(═S)NH, NHC(═O)NH, SO₂,(OCH₂CH₂)₂₀₋₂₀₀, (CH₂CH₂O)₂₀₋₂₀₀, (OCH₂CH₂CH₂)₂₀₋₂₀₀,(CH₂CH₂CH₂O)₂₀₋₂₀₀, and (aa)_(t′); aa is independently at eachoccurrence an amino acid; Z is selected from the group: aryl substitutedwith 0-3 R¹⁰, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, and a 5-10membered heterocyclic ring system containing 1-4 heteroatomsindependently selected from N, S, and O and substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰;R⁶, R^(6a), R⁷, R^(7a), R⁸, R^(8a), R⁹ and R^(9a) are independentlyselected at each occurrence from the group: H, ═O, C₁-C₅ alkylsubstituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, and C₁-C₅ alkoxy substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, anda bond to S_(f); R¹⁰ is independently selected at each occurrence fromthe group: a bond to S_(f), COOR¹¹, OH, NHR¹¹, C₁₋₅ alkyl substitutedwith 0-1 R¹², and C₁₋₅ alkoxy substituted with 0-1 R¹²; R¹¹ isindependently selected at each occurrence from the group: H, arylsubstituted with 0-1 R¹², C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1 R¹²,amino acid substituted with 0-1 R¹², and a bond to S_(f); R¹² is a bondto S_(f); k is selected from 0, 1, and 2; h is selected from 0, 1, and2; h′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; h″ is selected from 0, 1,2, 3, 4, and 5; g is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; g′ is selectedfrom 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; g″ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; g′″is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; t′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3,4, and 5; or stereoisomeric forms thereof, or mixtures of stereoisomericforms thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms thereof.
 9. Anultrasound contrast agent composition, comprising: (a) a compound ofclaim 7; (b) a parenterally acceptable carrier; and (c) an echogenicgas.
 10. An ultrasound contrast agent composition of claim 9, furthercomprising: 1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphotidic acid,1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphatidylcholine, andN-(methoxypolyethylene glycol 5000carbamoyl)-1,2dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphatidylethanolamine.
 11. Anultrasound contrast agent composition of claim 10, wherein the echogenicgas is a C₂₋₅ perfluorocarbon.
 12. A method of imaging cancer in apatient comprising: (1) administering, by injection or infusion, aultrasound contrast agent composition of claim 9 to a patient; and (2)imaging the patient using sonography.
 13. A method of imaging formationof new blood vessels in a patient comprising: (1) administering, byinjection or infusion, a ultrasound contrast agent composition of claim9 to a patient; (2) imaging the area of the patient wherein the desiredformation of new blood vessels is located.
 14. An ultrasound contrastagent composition, comprising: (a) a compound of claim 8, (b) aparenterally acceptable carrier; and, (c) an echogenic gas.
 15. Anultrasound contrast agent composition of claim 14, further comprising:1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphotidic acid,1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphatidylcholine, andN-(methoxypolyethylene glycol 5000carbamoyl)-1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphatidylethanolamine.
 16. Anultrasound contrast agent composition of claim 14, wherein the echogenicgas is a C₂₋₅ perfluorocarbon.
 17. A method of imaging cancer in apatient comprising: (1) administering, by injection or infusion, aultrasound contrast agent composition of claim 14 to a patient; and (2)imaging the patient using sonography.
 18. A method of imaging formationof new blood vessels in a patient comprising: (1) administering, byinjection or infusion, a ultrasound contrast agent composition of claim14 to a patient; and (2) imaging the area of the patient wherein thedesired formation of new blood vessels is located.